2013 hyundai elantra (ud) owners manual

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so thatour policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions andexplanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you mayfind material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALL

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

UD HMA foreword.qxp 4/2/2012 6:25 PM

F2

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the per-formance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limitedwarranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab-lished by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possiblefor an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronicsystems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you chooseto install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION


F3

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

✽✽ NOTICEThis indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or otherpersons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if thecaution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.


F4

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive Hyundais.The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it care-fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal-er. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the man-ual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

Copyright 2012 Hyundai Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrievalsystem or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor America.

CAUTIONSevere engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundaispecifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-4 in theVehicle Specifications and consumer information section of the Owner's Manual.


F5

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai MotorCompany to manufacture vehicles.They are designed and tested for theoptimum safety, performance, and reli-ability to our customers.

2.Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-neered and built to meet rigid manu-facturing requirements. Using imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvage partsis not covered under the Hyundai NewVehicle Limited Warranty or any otherHyundai warranty.

In addition, any damage to or failure ofHyundai Genuine Parts caused by theinstallation or failure of an imitation,counterfeit or used salvage part is notcovered by any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchas-ing Hyundai Genuine Parts? Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

Hyundai Genuine Parts are packagedwith labels written only in English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough authorized Hyundai Dealerships.

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Index

table of contents

UD HMA foreword.qxp 4/2/2012 6:25 PM Page 7

1

How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-3Vehicle break-in process / 1-5Vehicle data collection and event data recorders / 1-6Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-7

Introduction

UD HMA 1.qxp 4/2/2012 6:26 PM Page 1

Introduction

21

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving experience from yourvehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can assistyou in many ways. We strongly recom-mend that you read the entire manual. Inorder to minimize the chance of death orinjury, you must read the WARNING andCAUTION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the text in thismanual to best explain how to use yourvehicle. By reading your manual, you willlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.

The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. A goodplace to start is the index; it has an alpha-betical listing of all information in yourmanual.Sections: This manual has eight sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You will find various WARNINGS, CAU-TIONS, and NOTICES in this manual.These WARNINGS were prepared toenhance your personal safety.You shouldcarefully read and follow ALL proceduresand recommendations provided in theseWARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates that a condi-tion may result in harm, serious bod-ily injury or death if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates that a condi-tion may result in damage to yourvehicle if the caution is ignored.

UD HMA 1.qxp 4/2/2012 6:26 PM Page 2

1 3

Introduction

Your new vehicle is designed to use onlyunleaded fuel having a pump octanenumber ((R+M)/2) of 87 (ResearchOctane Number 91) or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

CAUTIONNever add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer fordetails.)

WARNING• Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks onetime, otherwise the MalfunctionIndicator Light “ ” will illumi-nate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

UD HMA 1.qxp 4/2/2012 6:26 PM Page 3

Introduction

41

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per-cent gasoline, and is manufacturedexclusively for use in Flexible FuelVehicles. “E85” is not compatible withyour vehicle. Use of “E85” may result inpoor engine performance and damage toyour vehicle's engine and fuel system.HYUNDAI recommends that customersdo not use fuel with an ethanol contentexceeding 10 percent.

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

Fuel AdditivesHYUNDAI recommends that you usegood quality gasolines treated with deter-gent additives such as TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline, which help preventdeposit formation in the engine. Thesegasolines will help the engine run clean-er and enhance performance of theEmission Control System. For more infor-mation on TOP TIER DetergentGasoline, please go to the website(www.toptiergas.com)

For customers who do not use TOP TierDetergent Gasoline regularly, and haveproblems starting or the engine does notrun smoothly, additives that you can buyseparately may be added to the gasoline.If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is notavailable, one bottle of additive added tothe fuel tank at every 7,500mile or everyengine oil change is recommended.Additives are available from your author-ized HYUNDAI dealer along with infor-mation on how to use them. Do not mixother additives.

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol.

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantydoes not cover damage to the fuelsystem or any performance prob-lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.

UD HMA 1.qxp 4/2/2012 6:26 PM Page 4

1 5

Introduction

No special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Do not let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

CALIFORNIA PROPOSI-TION 65 WARNING

Items contained in motor vehiclesor emitted from them are known tothe State of California to cause can-cer and birth defects or reproduc-tive harm. These include:• Gasoline and its vapors• Engine exhaust• Used engine oil• Interior passenger compartment

components and materials• Component parts which are sub-

ject to heat and wearIn addition, battery posts, terminalsand related accessories containlead, lead compounds and otherchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer andreproductive harm.

UD HMA 1.qxp 4/2/2012 6:26 PM Page 5

Introduction

61

This vehicle is equipped with an eventdata recorder (EDR). The main pur-pose of an EDR is to record, in certaincrash or near crash-like situations,such as an air bag deployment or hit-ting a road obstacle, data that willassist in understanding how a vehi-cle's systems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systemsfor a short period of time, typically 30seconds or less. The EDR in this vehi-cle is designed to record such dataas:* How various systems in your vehicle

were operating;* Whether or not the driver and pas-

senger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

* How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

* How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstancesin which crashes and injuries occur.NOTE: EDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a nontrivial crash situa-tion occurs; no data are recorded bythe EDR under normal driving condi-tions and no personal data (e.g.,name, gender, age, and crash loca-tion) are recorded. However, other par-ties, such as law enforcement, couldcombine the EDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, spe-cial equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded.In addition to the vehicle manufactur-er, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equip-ment, can read the information if theyhave access to the vehicle or the EDR.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

UD HMA 1.qxp 4/2/2012 6:26 PM Page 6

1 7

Introduction

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Seat belt warning light

High beam indicator

Turn signal indicator

ABS warning light

Parking brake & Brake fluidwarning light

Engine oil pressure warning light

Malfunction indicator light

Air bag warning light

Cruise indicator

Cruise SET indicator

Immobilizer indicator

Low fuel level warning light

* For more detailed explanations, referto “Instrument cluster” in section 4.

Charging system warning light

Tail light indicator

Trunk open warning light

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

Door open position indicator(if equipped)

Low tire pressure telltale(TPMS malfunction indicator)(if equipped)

ECO indicator (if equipped)ECO

Electronic power steering (EPS)system warning light(if equipped)

EPS

ESC indicator(ESC malfunction indicator)

ESC OFF indicator

Engine coolant temperaturewarning light

UD HMA 1.qxp 4/2/2012 6:27 PM Page 7

2

Interior overview / 2-2Instrument panel overview / 2-3Engine compartment / 2-4


UD HMA 2.qxp 4/2/2012 6:28 PM Page 1


22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

OMD012001N

1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-20

2. Outside rearview mirror controlswitch...................................................4-41

3. Central door lock switch....................4-21

4. Power window lock switch.................4-28

5. Power window switches ....................4-25

6. Hood release lever............................4-29

7. Active ECO button*...........................5-35

8. Instrument panel illumination controlswitch ................................................4-44

9. ESC OFF button ...............................5-26

10. Fuse box .........................................7-50

11. Brake pedal

12. Accelerator pedal

13. Trunk lid release switch...................4-23

14. Fuel filler lid release switch.............4-31

15. Steering wheel ................................4-38

16. Steering wheel tilt or telescope*control................................................4-39

* : if equipped

UD HMA 2.qxp 4/2/2012 6:28 PM Page 2

2 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

OMD010002N

1. Instrument cluster.............................4-43

2. Horn .................................................4-39

3. Driver’s front air bag.........................3-48

4. Light control/Turn signals .................4-62

5. Wiper/Washer...................................4-66

6. Ignition switch*/Engine start/stop button...............5-5/5-8

7. Clock ................................................4-96

8. Audio*...............................................4-99

9. Hazard warning flasherswitch .........................................4-60,6-2

10. Climate control system ..........4-71,4-80

11. Shift lever ...............................5-12,5-15

12. Parking brake .................................5-22

13. Passenger’s front air bag ...............3-48

14. Glove box .......................................4-92

* : if equipped

UD HMA 2.qxp 4/2/2012 6:28 PM Page 3


42

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OMD070047N

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-21

2. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-21

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...............7-25

4. Positive battery terminal ...................7-33

5. Negative battery terminal..................7-33

6. Fuse box ...........................................7-50

7. Air cleaner.........................................7-27

8. Radiator cap .....................................7-24

9. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-23

10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...7-26

UD HMA 2.qxp 4/2/2012 6:28 PM Page 4

3

Seats / 3-2Seat belts / 3-17Child restraint system / 3-28Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system / 3-36


UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:50 PM Page 1


23

Driver’s seat(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height*(4) Lumbar support*(5) Seat warmer*(6) Headrest

Front passenger’s seat(7) Forward and backward(8) Seatback angle*(9) Seat warmer*(10) Headrest

Rear seat(11) Seat warmer*(12) Armrest(13) Headrest(14) Seatback folding knob (trunk)

*: if equipped

SEATS

OMD031001

Type A Type B

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:50 PM Page 2

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. We recom-mend that your chest be at least10 inches (250 mm) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for passengers

Riding in a vehicle with the seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If aseat is reclined during an accident,the occupant’s hips may slideunder the lap portion of the seatbelt, applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. Serious orfatal internal injuries could result.The driver must advise the passen-ger to keep the seatback in anupright position whenever the vehi-cle is in motion.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNINGDo not use a sitting cushion thatreduces friction between the seatand passenger. The passenger'ships may slide under the lap por-tion of the seat belt during an acci-dent or a sudden stop. Serious orfatal internal injuries could resultbecause the seat belt can't operatenormally.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:50 PM Page 3


43

(Continued)• Luggage and other cargo should

be laid flat in the cargo area or onthe folded rear seatback. Ifobjects are large, heavy, or mustbe piled, they must be secured.Under no circumstances shouldcargo be piled higher than theseatbacks. Failure to follow thesewarnings could result in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop, collision or rollover.

WARNING - Rear seat-backs

• The rear seatback must besecurely latched. If not, passen-gers and objects could be thrownforward resulting in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop or collision.

• No passenger should ride in thecargo area or sit or lie on foldedseatbacks while the vehicle ismoving. All passengers must beproperly seated in seats andrestrained properly while riding.

• When resetting the seatback tothe upright position, make sure itis securely latched by pushing itforward and rearwards.

• To avoid the possibility of burns,do not remove the carpet in thecargo area. Emission controldevices beneath this floor gener-ate high temperatures.

(Continued)

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or reverse withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

WARNING• Do not adjust the seat while wear-

ing seat belts. Moving the seatcushion forward may causestrong pressure on the abdomen.

• Use extreme caution so thathands or other objects are notcaught in the seat mechanismswhile the seat is moving.

• Do not place a cigarette lighter onthe floor or seat. When you oper-ate the seat, gas may exit out ofthe lighter causing a fire.

CAUTIONIf there is an car accident, seatsneed to be inspected at an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:50 PM Page 4

3 5


Front seatManual adjustmentForward and rearwardTo move the seat forward or rearward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up

and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure the

seat is locked in place.Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and rearward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback recline lever.2. Carefully lean back on the seat and

adjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)(if equipped)To change the height of the seat cushion,push the lever upwards or downwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push the

lever down several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever

up several times.

OMD030003 OMD030004OMD030002

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:50 PM Page 5


63

Power adjustment (for driver’s seat) (if equipped)The driver’s seat can be adjusted byusing the control knob located on the out-side of the seat cushion. Before driving,adjust the seat to the proper position soas to easily control the steering wheel,pedals and switches on the instrumentpanel.

Forward and backwardPush the control switch forward or back-ward to move the seat to the desiredposition. Release the switch once theseat reaches the desired position.

WARNINGThe power seat is operable with theignition OFF.Therefore, children should never beleft unattended in the car.

CAUTION• The power seat is driven by an

electric motor. Stop operatingonce the adjustment is complet-ed. Excessive operation maydamage the electrical equipment.

• When in operation, the powerseat consumes a large amount ofelectrical power. To preventunnecessary charging systemdrain, don’t adjust the power seatlonger than necessary while theengine is not running.

• Do not operate two or more powerseat control knobs at the sametime. Doing so may result inpower seat motor or electricalcomponent malfunction.

OMD030006

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:50 PM Page 6

3 7


Seatback anglePush the control switch forward or back-ward to move the seatback to the desiredangle. Release the switch once the seatreaches the desired position.

Seat heightPull the front portion of the control switchup to raise or down to lower the front partof the seat cushion. Pull the rear portionof the control switch up to raise or downto lower the rear part of the seat cushion.Release the switch once the seat reach-es the desired position.

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat, if equipped)The lumbar support can be adjusted bypressing the lumbar support switch onthe side of the drivers seat. Press thefront portion of the switch to increasesupport, or the rear portion of the switch,to decrease support.

OMD030007 OMD030008 OMD030009

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:50 PM Page 7


83

HeadrestThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps to protect the head and neckin the event of a collision.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

OMD030010

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to the occupants mayoccur in the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest posi-tion of the driver's seat while thevehicle is in motion.

OMG038400

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:50 PM Page 8

3 9


RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button (1)while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmer is provided to warm thefront seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm the driver'sseat or the front passenger's seat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in theOFF position.

• Each time you push the button, thetemperature setting of the seat ischanged as follows :

• The seat warmer defaults to the OFFposition whenever the ignition switch isturned on.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in the ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

OMD030011

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.

OFF → HIGH( ) → LOW( )

→

OMD030014N-1

OMD030014

■ Type A

■ Type B

HIGH

LOW

HIGH

LOW

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:50 PM Page 9


103

Seatback pocket (if equipped)

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. The occupantsmust be able to feel if the seat isbecoming too warm and to turn theseat warmer off. The seat warmermay cause burns even at low tem-peratures, especially if used forlong periods of time. In particular,the driver must exercise extremecare for the following types of pas-sengers:1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-

abled persons, or hospital outpa-tients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

WARNING - Seatbackpockets

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pockets. In an acci-dent they could come loose fromthe pocket and injure vehicle occu-pants.

OMD030013

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may damagethe surface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place anything onthe seats that insulates againstheat, such as blankets, cushionsor seat covers while the seatwarmer is in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components could occur.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:50 PM Page 10

3 11


Rear seat HeadrestThe rear seat(s) is equipped with head-rests in all the seating positions for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps to protectthe head and neck in the event of a colli-sion.

ONF039401

WARNING• For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to an occupant may occurin the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.

WARNINGFor proper operation of the occu-pant classification system:• Do not place any items cumula-

tively weighing over 2.2 lbs (1 kg)in the seatback pocket or on theseat.

• Do not hang onto the front pas-senger seat.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:50 PM Page 11


123

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up (1). Tolower the headrest, push and hold therelease button (2) on the headrest sup-port and lower the headrest (3).

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmer is provided to warm therear seat cushions during cold weather.With the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion, push either switch to warm the seat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in the"OFF" position.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

OMD030016

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.

OMD030025OMD030015

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:50 PM Page 12

3 13


ArmrestTo use the armrest, pull it forward fromthe seatback.

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. The seat warmermay cause burns even at low tem-peratures, especially if used forlong periods of time. In particular,the driver must exercise extremecare for the following types of pas-sengers:1. Infants, children, elderly or hand-

icapped persons, or hospital out-patients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

OMD030029N

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol or gaso-line. Doing so may damage thesurface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place anything onthe seats that insulates againstheat, such as blankets, cushionsor seat covers while the seatwarmer is in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components could occur.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:50 PM Page 13


143

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks can be folded to facil-itate carrying long items or to increasethe luggage capacity of the vehicle.

To fold down the rear seatback:1. Set the front seatback to the upright

position and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

2.Lower the rear headrests to the lowestposition.

3.Pull on the seatback folding lever locat-ed in the trunk.

OMD030026

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks is to allow you to carrylonger objects that could not beaccommodated in the cargo area.Never allow passengers to sit ontop of the folded down seatbackwhile the vehicle is moving. This isnot a proper seating position andno seat belts are available for use.This could result in serious injuryor death in case of an accident orsudden stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seatbacks. Doing this couldallow cargo to slide forward andcause injury or damage during sud-den stops.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 14

3 15


4.Fold the seatback toward the front ofthe vehicle.

5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull theseatback rearward. Pull the seatbackfirmly until it clicks into place. Makesure the seatback is locked in place.When you return the seatback to itsupright position, always be sure it haslocked into position by pushing on thetop of the seatback.

6. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you will beable to pull the belt out smoothly.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

OMD031028N CAUTION - Rear seat belts• When returning the rear seat-

backs to the upright position,remember to return the rearshoulder belts to their properposition.

• Routing the seat belt webbingthrough the rear seat belt guideswill help keep the seat belts frombeing trapped behind or underthe seats.

CAUTION - Damaging rearseat belt buckles

When folding the rear seatback,insert the buckle in the pocketbetween the rear seatback andcushion. Doing so can prevent thebuckle from being damaged by therear seatback.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 15


163

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Do not place objects in the rearseats, since they cannot be proper-ly secured and may hit the frontseat occupants in a collision.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theautomatic transaxle is in P (Park)or the manual transaxle is in R(Reverse) or 1st, and the parkingbrake is securely applied wheneverloading or unloading cargo. Failureto take these steps may allow thevehicle to move if the shift lever isinadvertently moved to anotherposition.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 16

3 17


Seat belt restraint system

SEAT BELTS

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis, chestand shoulders, as applicable; wear-ing the lap section of the beltacross the abdominal area must beavoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the occu-pant.

(Continued)

(Continued)Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals and par-ticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mildsoap and water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.It is essential to replace the entireassembly after it has been worn ina severe impact even if damage tothe assembly is not obvious. Beltsshould not be worn with strapstwisted. Each seat belt assemblymust only be used by one occu-pant; it is dangerous to put a beltaround a child being carried on theoccupant's lap.

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its job aswell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever the caris moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and youngermust always be properlyrestrained in the rear seat. Neverallow children to ride in the frontpassenger seat. If a child over 12must be seated in the front seat,he/she must be properly beltedand the seat should be moved asfar back as possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 17


183

Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)The driver's seat belt warning light andchime will activate to the following tablewhen the ignition switch is in "ON" posi-tion.

*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times withan interval of 24 seconds. If the driver'sseat belt is buckled, the light will stopwithin 6 seconds and chime will stopimmediately.

*2 The light will stop within 6 seconds andchime will stop immediately.

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat BeltVehicleSpeed

Light-BlinkChime-Sound

Unbuckled 6 seconds

Buckled 6 seconds None

Buckled →Unbuckled

Below 3 mph(5 km/h)

6 seconds None

3 mph~6 mph

6 seconds

Above 6 mph (10 km/h)

6 sec. on / 24 sec. off (11 times)

Unbuckled

Above 6 mph(10 km/h)

↓Below 3 mph

(5 km/h)

6 seconds *1

↓Stop *2

WARNING• No modifications or additions

should be made by the userwhich will either prevent the seatbelt adjusting devices from oper-ating to remove slack, or preventthe seat belt assembly from beingadjusted to remove slack.

• When you fasten the seat belt, becareful not to latch the seat belt inbuckles of other seat. It's very dan-gerous and you may not be pro-tected by the seat belt properly.

• Do not unfasten the seat belt anddo not fasten and unfasten theseat belt repeatedly while driving.This could result in loss of con-trol, and an accident causingdeath, serious injury, or propertydamage.

• When fastening the seat belt,make sure that the seat belt doesnot pass over objects that arehard or can break easily.

• Make sure there is nothing in thebuckle. The seat belt may not befastened securely.

1GQA2083

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 18

3 19


Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

Height adjustment (Front)You can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of 4 positions for max-imum comfort and safety.The height of the adjusting seat beltshould not be too near your neck. Theshoulder portion should be adjusted sothat it lies across your chest and midwayover your shoulder nearest the door andnot your neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) while press-ing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

B180A01NF-1 OHD036019

Front seat

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 19


203

B200A02NF

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm nearest the door.

Seat belts - Front passenger and rearseat 3-point system with combinationlocking retractorTo fasten your seat belt: Combination retractor type seat belts areinstalled in the rear seat positions to helpaccommodate the installation of childrestraint systems. Although a combina-tion retractor is also installed in the frontpassenger seat position, it is stronglyrecommended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVER placeany infant restraint system in the frontseat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the fea-tures of both an emergency lockingretractor seat belt and an automatic lock-ing retractor seat belt. To fasten your seatbelt, pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab into the buckle. There willbe an audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle. When not securing achild restraint, the seat belt operates inthe same way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). Itautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt portion of the seatbelt is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips.

WARNING• Verify the shoulder belt anchor is

locked into position at the appro-priate height. Never position theshoulder belt across your neck orface. Improperly positioned seatbelts can cause serious injuriesin an accident.

• Failure to replace seat belts afteran accident could leave you withdamaged seat belts that will notprovide protection in the event ofanother collision leading to per-sonal injury or death. Replaceyour seat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 20

3 21


When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of achild restraint system, the seat belt oper-ation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic LockingRetractor Type). Refer to “Using a childrestraint system” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICEAlthough the combination retractorprovides the same level of protection forseated passengers in either emergencyor automatic locking modes, it is recom-mended that seated passengers use theemergency locking feature for improvedconvenience. The automatic lockingfunction is intended to facilitate childrestraint installation. To convert fromthe automatic locking feature to theemergency locking operation mode,allow the unbuckled seat belt to fullyretract.

When using the rear center seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused.

To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

OMD030018N B210A01NF-1/H

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 21


223

Pre-tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions (or side collisions). Thepre-tensioner seat belts may be activatedin crashes where the frontal collision (orside collision) is severe enough.When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions(or side collisions), the pre-tensioner willactivate and pull the seat belt into tightercontact against the occupant's body.

If the system senses excessive tensionon the driver or passenger's seat beltwhen the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt.

✽✽ NOTICE The pre-tensioner will activate not onlyin a frontal collision but also in a sidecollision, if the vehicle is equipped witha side or curtain air bag.

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module4. Anchor pre-tensioner assembly

OED030300 OMD030051N-1

WARNING• Do not put anything near the

buckle. Placing objects near thebuckle can adversely affect thebuckle pre-tensioner and mayincrease the risk of personalinjury in the event of a collision.

• For your safety, be sure that thebelt webbing is not loose or twist-ed and always sit properly onyour seat.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 22

3 23


✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated in certain frontal collisions(or side collisions).The pre-tensioners will not be activat-ed if the seat belts are not being wornat the time of the collision.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

• Because the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light on the instrumentpanel will illuminate for approximate-ly 6 seconds after the ignition switchhas been turned to the ON position,and then it should turn off.

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be worn cor-

rectly and adjusted to the properposition. Please read and followall of the important informationand precautions about your vehi-cle’s occupant safety features –including seat belts and air bags –that are provided in this manual.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is nomalfunction of the SRS air bag. Ifthe SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned ON, or if it remainsilluminated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt and SRS air bagsystem as soon as possible.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 23


243

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Even with advanced air bags,unbelted occupants can be severe-ly injured by a deploying air bag.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seating contained in this man-ual.

Seat belt precautionsWARNING

• Pre-tensioners are designed tooperate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service orrepair the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem in any manner.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Improper handling of the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehicle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensioner seatbelt must be discarded, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 24

3 25


Infant or small childAll 50 states have child restraint laws.Youshould be aware of the specific require-ments in your state. Child and/or infantseats must be properly placed andinstalled in the rear seat. For more infor-mation about the use of these restraints,refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards. Before buying anychild restraint system, make sure that ithas a label certifying that it meetsFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard213. The restraint must be appropriatefor your child's height and weight.Check the label on the child restraint forthis information. Refer to “Childrestraint system” in this section.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened snug on the hips and as lowas possible. Check belt fit periodically. Achild's squirming could put the belt out ofposition. Children are afforded the mostsafety in the event of an accident whenthey are restrained by a proper restraintsystem in the rear seat. If a larger child(over age 12) must be seated in the frontseat, the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoulderbelt and the seat should be placed in therearmost position. Children age 12 andunder should be restrained securely inthe rear seat. NEVER place a child age12 and under in the front seat. NEVERplace a rear facing child seat in the frontseat of a vehicle.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 25


263

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

Pregnant womenThe use of a seat belt is recommendedfor pregnant women to lessen the chanceof injury in an accident. When a seat beltis used, the lap belt portion should beplaced as low and snugly as possible onthe hips, not across the abdomen. Forspecific recommendations, consult aphysician.

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve max-imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front and rear seats should be inan upright position when the car is mov-ing. A seat belt cannot provide properprotection if the person is lying down inthe rear seat or if the seats are in areclined position.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must never placethe lap portion of the safety beltover the area of the abdomenwhere the unborn child is locatedor above the abdomen where thebelt could seriously injure or evencause the death of the unborn childduring an impact.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 26

3 27


Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspected peri-odically for wear or damage of any kind.Any damaged parts should be replacedas soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

When to replace seat beltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug againstyour hips and chest to work proper-ly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chancethat an occupant's hips will slideunder the lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries or the occupant'sneck could strike the shoulder belt.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback was folded down, be care-ful not to damage the seat belt web-bing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle will not be as strong andcould possibly fail during a colli-sion or sudden stop, resulting inserious injury.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 27


283

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMChildren riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your state. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Youmust use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (FMVSS).Child restraint systems are designed to besecured in vehicle seats by lap belts or thelap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, orby a LATCH system (if equipped).Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child. Followall the instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger-side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a suddenstop or an accident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.

WARNINGTo reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the child restraintsystem manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use ofthe child restraint.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 28

3 29


Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions.

(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always proper-ly position and secure children inthe rear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floor of amoving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicle’s interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child.

• After an accident, have an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer check thechild restraint system, seat belt,tether anchor and lower anchor.

• If there is not enough space toplace the child restraint systembecause of the driver's seat,install the child restraint systemin the rear right seat.

CRS09

OMD030019

Forward-facing child restraint system

Rearward-facing child restraint system

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 29


303

For safety reasons, we recommend thatthe child restraint system be used in therear seats.

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions and onlylock under extreme or emergency condi-tions (emergency locking mode), youmust manually change these seat beltsto the automatic locking mode to securea child restraint.

Placing a passenger seat belt intothe automatic locking mode The automatic locking mode will helpprevent the normal movement of thechild in the vehicle from causing the seatbelt to loosen and compromise the childrestraint system. To secure a childrestraint system, use the following proce-dure.

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the vehicle and the child is notproperly restrained in the childrestraint. Before installing thechild restraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint systems and theinstructions provided with thechild restraint system couldincrease the chance and/orseverity of injury in an accident.

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger that aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

E2MS103005

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 30

3 31


To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt web-bing is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seatbelt all the way out. When the shoulderportion of the seat belt is fully extend-ed, it will shift the retractor to the“Automatic locking” (child restraint)mode.

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion ofthe seat belt to retract and listen for anaudible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound.This indicates that the retractor is inthe “automatic locking” mode. If no dis-tinct sound is heard, repeat steps 3and 4.

OMD030054AOMD030053A OMD030055A

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 31


323

5. Remove as much slack from the beltas possible by pushing down on thechild restraint system while feeding theshoulder belt back into the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat belt isholding it firmly in place. If it is not,release the seat belt and repeat steps2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is in the“Automatic locking” mode by attempt-ing to pull more of the seat belt out ofthe retractor. If you cannot, the retractoris in the “Automatic locking” mode.

To remove the child restraint, press therelease button on the buckle and thenpull the lap/shoulder belt out of therestraint and allow the seat belt to retractfully.

When the seat belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position, theretractor will automatically switchfrom the “Automatic locking” mode tothe emergency lock mode for normaladult usage.

Securing a child restraint seat with“Tether Anchor” system Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the package tray.

OMD030056A

WARNING - Automaticlocking mode

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lockmode” whenever the belt is allowedto retract fully. Therefore, the pre-ceding seven steps must be fol-lowed each time a child restraint isinstalled.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, the childrestraint can move when your vehi-cle turns or stops suddenly. A childcan be seriously injured or killed ifthe child restraint is not properlyanchored to the car, including set-ting the retractor to the AutomaticLocking mode.

OMD030030N

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 32

3 33


1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable head-rests, route the tether strap under theheadrest and between the headrestposts, otherwise route the tether strapover the top of the seatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the child restraintseat.

OMD030021N

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether anchoror to a single lower anchoragepoint. The increased load causedby multiple seats may cause thetethers or anchorage points tobreak, causing serious injury ordeath.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

WARNING - Child restraint anchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 33


343

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor systemSome child seat manufacturers makechild restraint seats that are labeled asLATCH or LATCH-compatible childrestraint seats. LATCH stands for "LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children". Theseseats include two rigid or webbingmounted attachments that connect totwo LATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates the need touse seat belts to attach the child seat inthe rear seats.

Child restraint symbols are located onthe left and right rear seat backs to indi-cate the position of the lower anchors forchild restraints.

B230D01NF OMD030022N

Lower Anchor

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator

WARNING • When using the vehicle's

"LATCH" system to install a childrestraint system in the rear seat,all unused vehicle rear seat beltmetal latch plates or tabs must belatched securely in their seat beltbuckles and the seat belt web-bing must be retracted behindthe child restraint to prevent thechild from reaching and takinghold of unretracted seat belts.Unlatched metal latch plates ortabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to thechild in the child restraint.

• Do not place anything around thelower anchors. Also make surethat the seat belt is not caught inthe lower anchors.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 34

3 35


LATCH anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The LATCH anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration. There is noLATCH anchor provided for the centerrear seating position.The LATCH anchors are located betweenthe seatback and the seat cushion of therear seat left and right outboard seatingpositions.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.Once you have installed the LATCH childrestraint, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the LATCH and tetheranchors.Also, test the child restraint seat beforeyou place the child in it. Tilt the seat fromside to side. Also try to tug the seat for-ward. Check to see if the anchors holdthe seat in place.

WARNINGIf the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beingseriously injured or killed in a colli-sion greatly increases.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

LATCH lower anchors are only tobe used with the left and right rearoutboard seating positions. Neverattempt to attach a LATCHequipped seat in the center seatingposition. You may damage theanchors or the anchors may failand break in a collision.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe child-seat latch and LATCHanchor during the installation.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 35


363

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side impact air bag (if equipped)(4) Curtain air bag (if equipped)

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

OJK032032

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the seat belts provided inorder to minimize the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 36

3 37


How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofserious frontal or side collision in orderto help protect the occupants from seri-ous physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate by the severity of a collision andits direction. These two factors deter-mine whether the sensors send out anelectronic deployment/ inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. Though, factors are not limit-ed to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.

It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of theextremely short time in which a collisionoccurs and the need to get the air bagbetween the occupant and the vehiclestructures before the occupant impactsthose structures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collisionand is thus a necessary part of air bagdesign.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which normally caninclude facial abrasions, bruises andbroken bones because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the air bagcan cause fatal injuries, especially ifthe occupant is positioned exces-sively close to the air bag.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble (at least 10 inches (250 mm)away). The front passengersshould always move their seatsas far back as possible and sitback in their seat.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of collision, and passen-gers may be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not inproper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries which normally includefacial or bodily abrasions,injuries from broken glasses orburns by the air bag inflationgasses.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 37


383

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest with both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder.Though the smoke and powder are non-toxic, they may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with cold waterimmediately and consult a doctor if thesymptom persists.

Do not install a child restraint on thefront passenger’s seat.Never place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraints in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it could cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in the steeringwheel and/or instrument paneland/or in both sides of the roof railsabove the front and rear doors arevery hot. To prevent injury, do nottouch the air bag storage area’sinternal components immediatelyafter an air bag has inflated.

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put a child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, itwould cause serious or fatalinjuries.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats of a vehicleequipped with side air bags, besure to install the child restraintsystem as far away from the doorside as possible, and securelylock the child restraint system inposition.Inflation of side and/or curtain airbags could cause serious injuryor death to an infant or child.

1JBH3051

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 38

3 39


Air bag warning lightThe purpose of air bag warning light inyour instrument panel is to alert you of apotential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).

When the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in ON position.

SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side impact air bag modules4. Curtain air bag modules5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors10. PASS AIR BAG “OFF” indicator

(Front passenger’s seat only)11. Occupant classification system

(Front passenger’s seat only)

W7-147 OMD030050N

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 39


403

12. Driver’s and front passenger’s seatbelt buckle sensors

13. Anchor pre-tensioner14. Side pressure sensor

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light " " on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about 6seconds after the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position, after which the SRS airbag warning light " " should go out.

W7-147

WARNINGIf any of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionof the SRS. Have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the air bagsystem as soon as possible.• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminat-

ing for approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the

vehicle is in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in ON position.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 40

3 41


The front air bag modules are locatedboth in the center of the steering wheeland in the front passenger's panel abovethe glove box. When the SRSCM detectsa sufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

B240B02L B240B03L

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 41


423

WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, CD or discsholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become a dangerous pro-jectile and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

• The SRS can function only whenthe ignition switch is in the ONposition. If the SRS air bag warn-ing light " " does not illumi-nate, or continuously remains onafter illuminating for about 6 sec-onds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, or afterthe engine is started, comes onwhile driving, the SRS is notworking properly. If this occurs,have your vehicle immediatelyinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Before you replace a fuse or dis-

connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey for ignition key, and turn theengine start/stop button to theOFF position for smart key. Neverremove or replace the air bagrelated fuse(s) when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.Failure to heed this warning willcause the SRS air bag warninglight to illuminate.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 42

3 43


Occupant classification systemYour vehicle is equipped with an occu-pant classification system in the frontpassenger's seat.

The occupant classification system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front air bagshould be enabled (may inflate) or not.The driver's front air bag is not affectedor controlled by the occupant classifica-tion system.

Main components of occupantclassification system• A detection device located within the

front passenger seat frame.• Electronic system to determine whether

the front passenger air bag systemshould be activated or deactivated.

• A warning light located on the instru-ment panel which illuminates the wordsPASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicating thefront passenger air bag system is deac-tivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warninglight is interconnected with the occupantclassification system.

If the front passenger seat is occupied bya person that the system determines to beof adult size, and he/she sits properly (sit-ting upright with the seatback in an uprightposition, centered on the seat cushionwith their seat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on the floor), thePASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicator will beturned off and the front passenger's airbag will be able to inflate, if necessary, infrontal crashes.You will find the PASS AIR BAG "OFF"indicator on the center facia panel. Thissystem detects the conditions 1~4 in thefollowing table and activates or deacti-vates the front passenger air bag basedon these conditions.

OMD030047N

WARNING Do not put anything in front of thepassenger air bag off indicator

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 43


443

Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrainedproperly (sitting upright with the seat inan upright position, centered on the seatcushion, with the person's legs comfort-ably extended, feet on the floor, andwearing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the air bagand the safety belt.• The OCS may not function properly if

the passenger takes actions which canaffect the classification system. Theseinclude:(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.(2) Leaning against the door or center

console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the

front of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or

resting them on other locationswhich reduce the passenger weighton the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.(6) Reclining the seat back.

C040301ABH

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system

*1) The system judges a person of adultsize as an adult.When a smaller adultsits in the front passenger seat, thesystem may recognize him/her as achild depending on his/her physiqueand posture.

*2) Do not allow children to ride in the frontpassenger seat. When a larger childwho has outgrown a child restraint sys-tem sits in the front passenger seat,the system may recognize him/her asan adult depending upon his/herphysique or sitting position.

*3) Never install a child restraint systemon the front passenger seat.

*4) The PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicatormay turn on or off when a child above12 months to 12 years old (with orwithout child restraint system) sits inthe front passenger seat. This is anormal condition.

WARNINGRiding in an improper position orplacing weight on the front passen-ger's seat when it is unoccupied bya passenger adversely affects theoccupant classification system(OCS).

(Continued)

Condition detected by theoccupant classification system

Indicator/Warning light Devices

PASS AIR BAG “OFF”indicator light

SRSwarning light

Front passengerair bag

1. Adult *1 or child age 13 and up*2 Off Off Activated

2. Infant or child restraint system with

12 months old*3 *4On Off Deactivated

3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated

4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 44

3 45


1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the door or centerconsole.

- Never sit on one side of the frontpassenger seat.

- Never place feet on the dash-board.

OVQ036013N

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load in thefront passenger seat or seatbackpocket.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place feet on the front pas-senger seatback.

(Continued)

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 45


463

When an adult is seated in the front pas-senger seat, if the PASS AIR BAG “OFF”indicator is on, turn the ignition switch tothe LOCK or OFF position and ask thepassenger to sit properly (sitting uprightwith the seat back in an upright position,centered on the seat cushion with theirseat belt on, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor). Restart theengine and have the person remain inthat position. This will allow the system todetect the person and to enable the pas-senger air bag.

If the PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicator isstill on, ask the passenger to move to therear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicatorilluminates for about 4 seconds after theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion or after the engine is started. If thefront passenger seat is occupied, theoccupant classification sensor will thenclassify the front passenger after severalmore seconds.

B990A01O

WARNINGDo not allow an adult passenger toride in the front seat when the PASSAIR BAG “OFF” indicator is illumi-nated because the air bag will notdeploy in the event of a crash. If thePASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicatorremains illuminated after the adultpassenger repositions themselvesproperly and the car is restarted, itis recommended that passengermove to the rear seat because thepassenger's front air bag will notdeploy.Front seat passengers must stayproperly seated to avoid seriousinjury from a deploying air bag.

Proper position

WARNINGDo not put a heavy load in the frontpassenger seatback pocket or on thefront passenger seat. Do not hangonto the front passenger seat. Do nothang any items, such as a seatbacktable, on the front passenger seat-back. Do not place feet on the frontpassenger seatback. Do not placeany items under the front passengerseat. Any of these could interferewith proper sensor operation.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 46

3 47


(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• A smaller-stature adult in the frontpassenger’ seat who is not seatedcorrectly (for example: seat exces-sively reclined, leaning on thedoor or center console, or hipsshifted forward in the seat) cancause a condition where the occu-pant classification system sensesless weight than if the occupantwere seated properly (sittingupright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on theseat cushion with their seat belton, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor).This condition can result in anadult potentially being misclassi-fied as a child and illumination ofthe PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indica-tor.

(Continued)• Do not modify or replace the front

passenger seat. Don't place any-thing on or attach anything suchas a blanket or seat heater to thefront passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupantclassification system.

• Do not sit on sharp objects suchas tools when occupying thefront passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupantclassification system.

• Do not use accessory seat cov-ers on the front seats.

• Accident statistics show that chil-dren are safer if they arerestrained in the rear, as opposedto the front seat. It is recommend-ed that child restraints be securedin a rear seat, including an infantriding in a rear-facing infant seat,a child riding in a forward-facingchild seat and an older child rid-ing in a booster seat.

(Continued)

WARNING• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, never install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat. A deploying airbag can forcefully strike a childresulting in serious injuries ordeath. Any child age 12 andunder should ride in the rear seat.Children too large for childrestraints should use the avail-able lap/shoulder belts. No mat-ter what type of crash, children ofall ages are safer when restrainedin the rear seat.

• If the PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indi-cator is illuminated when thefront passenger's seat is occu-pied by an adult and he/she sitsproperly (sitting upright with theseatback in an upright position,centered on the seat cushionwith their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feeton the floor), have that person sitin the rear seat.

(Continued)

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 47


483

Driver's and passenger's front airbagYour vehicle is equipped with anAdvanced Supplemental Restraint (AirBag) System and lap/shoulder belts atboth the driver and passenger seatingpositions. The indications of the system'spresence are the letters "SRS AIR BAG"or “AIR BAG" embossed on the air bagpad cover in the steering wheel and thepassenger's side front panel pad abovethe glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.

The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity. The SRS uses sensors to gatherinformation about the driver's seat posi-tion, the driver's and front passenger'sseat belt usage and impact severity.

OMD030033

Driver’s front air bag

WARNINGIf the occupant classification sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminatebecause the passenger's front airbag is connected with the occupantclassification system. If there is amalfunction of the occupant classi-fication system, the PASS AIR BAG"OFF" indicator will not illuminateand the passenger's front air bagwill inflate in frontal impact crasheseven if there is no occupant in thefront passenger's seat. If the SRSair bag warning light does not illu-minate when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, remainsilluminated after approximately 6seconds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the occu-pant classification system and theSRS air bag system as soon aspossible.

OMD030034A

Passenger’s front air bag

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 48

3 49


The seat belt buckle sensors determine ifthe driver and front passenger's seatbelts are fastened. These sensors pro-vide the ability to control the SRS deploy-ment based on whether or not the seatbelts are fastened, and how severe theimpact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the air bag inflation within two lev-els. A first stage level is provided for mod-erate-severity impacts. A second stagelevel is provided for more severe impacts.

According to the impact severity and seatbelt usage, the SRSCM (SRS ControlModule) controls the air bag inflation.Failure to properly wear seat belts canincrease the risk or severity of injury inan accident.

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant classification system inthe front passenger's seat. The occupantclassification system detects the pres-ence of a passenger in the front passen-ger's seat and will turn off the front pas-senger's air bag under certain condi-tions. For more detail, see "Occupantclassification system" in this section.

WARNINGIf the occupant classification sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminatebecause the SRS air bag warninglight is connected with the occu-pant classification system. If theSRS air bag warning light does notilluminate when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position,remains illuminated after approxi-mately 6 seconds when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position,or if it illuminates while the vehicleis being driven, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect theadvanced SRS air bag system assoon as possible.

WARNINGDo not place any objects under-neath the front seats as they couldinterfere with the occupant classifi-cation system.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 49


503

✽✽ NOTICE• Be sure to read information about the

SRS on the labels provided on the sunvisor.

• Advanced air bags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help pro-vide enhanced occupant protection infrontal crashes. Front air bags are notintended to deploy in collisions inwhich protection can be provided bythe pre-tensioner seat belt.

(Continued)• Move your seat as far back as

practical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned driver and passengerscan be severely injured by inflat-ing air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

• Do not allow a passenger to ridein the front seat when the PASSAIR BAG "OFF" indicator is illu-minated, because the air bag willnot deploy in the event of a mod-erate or severe frontal crash.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate with con-siderable force and in the blink ofan eye. Seat belts help keep occu-pants in proper position to obtainmaximum benefit from the air bag.Even with advanced air bags,improperly and unbelted occupantscan be severely injured when theair bag inflates. Always follow theprecautions about seat belts, airbags and occupant safety con-tained in this manual.To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children in

the back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side air bags can injureoccupants improperly positionedin the front seats.

(Continued)

WARNINGIf you are considering modificationof your vehicle due to a disability,please contact the HyundaiCustomer Assistance Center at 1-800-633-5151.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 50

3 51


(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, do not install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger seat position. A childrestraint system must never beplaced in the front seat.The infantor child could be severely injuredor killed by an air bag deploymentin case of an accident.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

(Continued)• No objects should be placed over

or near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

• Never place covers, blankets orseat warmers on the passengerseat as these may interfere withthe occupant classification sys-tem.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system assoon as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitu-dinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

• Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

(Continued)

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 51


523

Side impact air bag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a sideimpact air bag in each front seat. Thepurpose of the air bag is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt alone.

The side impact air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side-impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and point of impact. Theside impact air bags are not designed todeploy in all side impact situations.

(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

OMD030035

OJK032063

Front

WARNINGDo not allow the passengers to leantheir heads or bodies onto doors,put their arms on the doors, stretchtheir arms out of the window, orplace objects between the doorsand passengers when they areseated on seats equipped with sideand/or curtain air bags.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 52

3 53


Curtain air bag (if equipped)Curtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.

WARNING• The side impact air bag is sup-

plemental to the driver's and thepassenger's seat belt systemsand is not a substitute for them.Therefore your seat belts must beworn at all times while the vehicleis in motion. The air bags deployonly in certain side impact condi-tions severe enough to causesignificant injury to the vehicleoccupants.

• For best protection from the sideimpact air bag system and toavoid being injured by thedeploying side impact air bag,both front seat occupants shouldsit in an upright position with theseat belt properly fastened. Thedriver's hands should be placedon the steering wheel at the 9:00and 3:00 positions. The passen-ger's arms and hands should beplaced on their laps.

• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Use of seat covers could reduce

or prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

• Do not install any accessories onthe side or near the side air bag.

• Do not place any objects over theair bag or between the air bagand yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental side airbag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side impact air bagthat may result in personal injury,avoid impact to the side impactsensor when the ignition switchis on.

• If the seat or seat cover is dam-aged, have the vehicle checkedand repaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer because yourvehicle is equipped with sideimpact air bags and an occupantclassification system.

OMD030042

OJK032066

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 53


543

The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and impact. The curtainair bags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations, collisions from thefront or rear of the vehicle or in mostrollover situations.

WARNING• In order for side and curtain air

bags to provide the best protec-tion, front seat occupants andoutboard rear occupants shouldsit in an upright position with theseat belts properly fastened.Importantly, children should sit ina proper child restraint system inthe rear seat.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system. Make sure toput the child restraint system asfar away from the door side aspossible, and secure the childrestraint system in a locked posi-tion.

• Do not allow the passengers tolean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never try to open or repair any

components of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Failure to follow the above instruc-tions can result in injury or death tothe vehicle occupants in an acci-dent.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 54

3 55


Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. In other words, just becauseyour vehicle is damaged and even if itis totally unusable, don’t be surprisedthat the air bags did not inflate.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor(4) Side pressure sensor

OMD030036N/OMD030037/OMD030038N/OMD030039/OMD030052N

1 2 3 4

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 55


563

Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where airbags or sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body or B pillars orfront door where side collisionsensors are installed. Have thevehicle checked and repaired byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing bumper guards orreplacing a bumper with non-gen-uine parts may adversely affectyour vehicle’s collision and airbag deployment performance.

1JBA3513

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 56

3 57


Side impact and curtain air bags (if equipped)Side impact and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision.

Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensors detect asufficient impact. Side impact and curtainair bags are designed to inflate only inside impact collisions, but they mayinflate in other collisions if the sideimpact sensors detect a sufficientimpact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roads,the air bags may deploy. Drive carefullyon unimproved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic to preventunintended air bag deployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

1JBA3514

OJK032067

1JBA3515

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 57


583

• Air bags are not designed to inflate inrear collisions, because occupants aremoved backward by the force of theimpact. In this case, inflated air bagswould not be able to provide any addi-tional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.However, side impact and curtain airbags may inflate depending on theintensity, vehicle speed and angles ofimpact.

• In an angled collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

OBH038060OBH038058 1JBA3516

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 58

3 59


• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly reduced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Front air bags may not inflate inrollover accidents because air bagdeployment would not provide protec-tion to the occupants.Side impact and curtain air bags mayinflate when the vehicle is rolled overby a side impact collision.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

1JBA35181JBA3517 1JBA3522

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 59


603

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light " " does not illuminate,when you turn the ignition on, or continu-ously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel, the frontpassenger's panel, front seats and roofrails must be performed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling ofthe SRS system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

WARNING• Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• Not only the modification of theparts where the SRS sensors arebut also the modification of otherparts of the vehicle may affect theSRS performance and lead topossible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules on thesteering wheel, instrument panel,and the front passenger's panelabove the glove box, because anysuch object could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severe enoughto cause the air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer knows theseprecautions and can give you thenecessary information. Failure tofollow these precautions and pro-cedures could increase the riskof personal injury.

• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water on theflooring, you shouldn't try to startthe engine; have the car towed toan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 60

3 61


Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside air bag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.

• Be careful not to cause impact tothe doors when the ignition isON. The air bags may inflate.

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 61


623

Adding equipment to or modifyingyour air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

Air bag warning label (if equipped)Air bag warning labels, some required bythe U.S. National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA), are attached toalert the driver and passengers of poten-tial risks of the air bag system.

OMD030041A

**

OMD030040N

UD HMA 3.qxp 4/2/2012 6:51 PM Page 62

4

Keys / 4-3Smart key / 4-6Remote keyless entry / 4-12Theft-alarm system / 4-15Door locks / 4-19Trunk / 4-23Windows / 4-25Hood / 4-29

Fuel filler lid / 4-31Sunroof / 4-34Steering wheel / 4-38Mirrors / 4-40Instrument cluster / 4-43Rear view camera / 4-60Hazard warning flasher / 4-60Lighting / 4-61Wipers and washers / 4-66Interior light / 4-68Defroster / 4-70Manual climate control system / 4-71Automatic climate control system / 4-80


UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 1

Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-87Storage compartments / 4-91

Interior features / 4-94Audio system / 4-99

Features of your vehicle4

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 2

4 3


Record your key numberThe key code number is stamped on thebar code tag attached to the key set.Should you lose your keys, this numberwill enable an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er to duplicate the keys easily. Removethe bar code tag and store it in a safeplace. Also, record the code number andkeep it in a safe place (not in the vehicle).

Key operationsUsed to start the engine, lock and unlockthe doors.

KEYS (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition switch. Children copyadults and they could place the keyin the ignition switch. The ignitionkey would enable children to oper-ate power windows or other con-trols, or even make the vehiclemove, which could result in seriousbodily injury or even death. Neverleave the keys in your vehicle withunsupervised children.

WARNINGUse only HYUNDAI original partsfor the ignition key in your vehicle.If an aftermarket key is used, theignition switch may not return toON after START. If this happens,the starter will continue to operatecausing damage to the startermotor and possible fire due toexcessive current in the wiring.

OBK049113N

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 3


44

Immobilizer system (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with an elec-tronic engine immobilizer system toreduce the risk of unauthorized vehicleuse.Your immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the ignition keyand electronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, wheneveryou insert your ignition key into the igni-tion switch and turn it to ON, it checksand determines and verifies if the ignitionkey is valid.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.The immobilizer system activates auto-matically. Without a valid ignition key foryour vehicle, the engine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer sys-tem:Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-der and turn it to the ON position.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobilizer keys around.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkey separate in order to avoid a startingmalfunction.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It is designedto give years of trouble-free service,however you should avoid expo-sure to moisture, static electricityand rough handling. Immobilizersystem malfunction could occur.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. YourImmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password and shouldbe kept confidential. Do not leavethis number anywhere in your vehi-cle.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because itcould cause the immobilizer sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobilizer systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories nearthe ignition switch.Metal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal and may pre-vent the engine from being started.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 4

4 5


This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

CAUTIONChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 5


64

Smart key function1.Door lock2.Door unlock3.Trunk unlock4.PanicWith a smart key, you can lock or unlocka door (and trunk) and even start theengine without inserting the key.Refer to the following for more details.

LockingUsing the door handle button1.Close all doors, engine hood and

trunk.2.Press the button of the outside door

handle.3.The hazard warning lights will blink

and the chime will sound once.4.Make sure that doors are locked by

checking the door lock button insidethe vehicle or pulling the outside doorhandle.

✽✽ NOTICE• The button will only operate when the

smart key is within 28~40in. (0.7~1m)from the outside door handle.

• Even though you press the outsidedoor handle button, the doors will notlock and the chime will sound for 3seconds if any of following occur:- The smart key is in the vehicle.- The engine start/stop button is in

ACC or ON position.- Any door except the trunk is open.

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

OYF049213 OMD040008

WARNING - Smart keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the smart key is dan-gerous. Children copy adults andthey could press the enginestart/stop button. It would enablechildren to operate power windowsor other controls, or even make thevehicle move, which could result inserious bodily injury or even death.Never leave the keys in your vehiclewith unsupervised children.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 6

4 7


Using the button on the smart key1 Close all doors, engine hood and

trunk.2.Press the lock button(1).3.The hazard warning lights will blink

and the chime will sound once.4.Make sure that doors are locked by

checking the door lock button inside orpulling the outside door handle.

UnlockingUsing the door handle1.Press the button of the driver's outside

door handle.2.The driver’s door will unlock. The haz-

ard warning lights will blink and thechime will sound two times.

3.Press the button once more within 4seconds.

4.All doors will unlock and the hazardwarning lights will blink and the chimewill sound two times.

❈ If you press the button of the front pas-senger’s outside door handle whilecarrying the smart key, all doors willunlock.

✽✽ NOTICE• The button will only operate when the

smart key is within 28~40in. (0.7~1m)from the outside door handle.

• When the smart key is recognized inthe area of 28~40in. (0.7~1m) from thefront outside door handle, other peo-ple can also open the doors.

• After unlocking the driver’s door orall doors, the door(s) will lock auto-matically unless the door is opened.

Using the button on the smart key1.Press the unlock button (2) of the

smart key.2.The driver’s door will unlock. The haz-

ard warning lights will blink and thechime will sound two times.

3.Press the unlock button (2) once morewithin 4 seconds.

4.All doors will unlock. The hazard warn-ing lights will blink and the chime willsound two times.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter pressing the button, the doors willlock automatically unless any door isopened within 30 seconds.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 7


84

Trunk unlockingUsing the trunk handle button1.Carry the smart key.2.Press the trunk handle button.3.When all doors are locked, the hazard

warning lights will blink two times.Once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk will lock automatical-ly.

✽✽ NOTICEThe button will only operate when thesmart key is within 28~40in. (0.7~1m)from the trunk handle.

Using the button on the smart key1.Press the trunk unlock button(3) for

more than 1 second.2.When all doors are locked, the hazard

warning lights will blink two times.

Panic1.Press the panic button(4) for more than

1.5 second.2.The horn sounds and hazard warning

light flash for about 30 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICETo stop the horn and lights, press anybutton on the smart key.

Start-upYou can start the engine without insertingthe key. For detailed information refer tothe “Engine start/stop button” in section 5.

Loss of the smart keyA maximum of 2 smart keys can be reg-istered to a single vehicle.If you happen to lose your smart key, youwill not be able to start the engine. Youshould immediately take the vehicle andremaining key to your authorizedHYUNDAI dealer(tow the vehicle, if nec-essary) to protect it from potential theft.

Smart key precautions• The smart key will not work if any of

the following occur:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the smart key.

- The smart key is near a mobile twoway radio system or a cellular phone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

• When the smart key does not work cor-rectly, open and close the door with themechanical key and contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 8

4 9


• If the smart key is in close proximity toyour cell phone or smart phone, thesignal from the smart key could beblocked by normal operation of yourcell phone or smart phone. This isespecially important when the phone isactive such as making a call, receivingcalls, text messaging, and/or send-ing/receiving emails. Avoid placing thesmart key and your cell phone or smartphone in the same pants or jacketpocket and maintain adequate dis-tance between the two devices.

Smart key immobilizer systemYour vehicle is equipped with an electron-ic engine immobilizer system to reducethe risk of unauthorized vehicle use.Your immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the smart key andelectronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, wheneveryou turn the engine start/stop button tothe ON position by pressing the buttonwhile carrying the smart key, it checksand determines and verifies if the smartkey is valid or not.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer sys-tem:Turn the engine start/stop button to theON position by pressing the button whilecarrying the smart key.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the engine start/stop button to theOFF position. The immobilizer systemactivates automatically. Without a validsmart key for your vehicle, the engine willnot start.

CAUTIONKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or other liquids,it will not be covered by your manu-facturer’s vehicle warranty.

CAUTIONIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. YourImmobilizer password is a customerunique password and should bekept confidential. Do not leave thisnumber anywhere in your vehicle.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 9


104

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobilizer keys around.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkey separate in order to avoid a startingmalfunction.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.




WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your smart keyis an important part of the immobi-lizer system. It is designed to giveyears of trouble-free service, how-ever you should avoid exposure tomoisture, static electricity andrough handling. Immobilizer sys-tem malfunction could occur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because itcould cause the immobilizer sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobilizer systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories nearthe smart key.The engine may not start becausethe metal accessories may interruptthe transponder signal from trans-mitting normally.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 10

4 11


Battery replacementA smart key battery should last for sever-al years, but if the smart key is not work-ing properly, try replacing the battery witha new one. If you are unsure how to useyour smart key or replace the battery,contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe circuit inside the smart key canhave a problem if exposed to moistureor static electricity. If you are unsurehow to use your smart key or replace thebattery, contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

1. Pry open the rear cover of the smartkey.

2. Replace the battery with a new battery(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces up as indicated in the illus-tration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

OBH048004

CAUTION• The smart key is designed to give

you years of trouble-free use, how-ever it can malfunction if exposedto moisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use orreplace the battery, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the smart key to malfunc-tion. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

• To avoid damaging the smart key,don't drop it, get it wet, or exposeit to heat or sunlight.

WARNINGAn inappropriately dis-posed battery can be harm-ful to the environment andhuman health.

Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 11


124

Remote keyless entry systemoperationsLock (1)All doors are locked if the lock button ispressed. If all doors, trunk and hood areclosed, the hazard warning lights will blinkonce to indicate that all doors are locked.Also, if the lock button is pressed oncemore within 4 seconds, the hazard warn-ing lights will blink and the horn will soundonce to confirm that the door is locked.However, if any door, trunk lid or enginehood remains open, the hazard warninglights (and/or the horn) will not operate.But if all doors, trunk lid and engine hoodare closed after the lock button ispressed, the hazard warning lights willblink once.

Unlock (2) Driver's door is unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once. The hazardwarning lights will blink twice to indicatethat the driver's door is unlocked. Alldoors are unlocked if the unlock button ispressed twice within 4 seconds.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceagain to indicate that all doors areunlocked. If no doors are opened within30 seconds after unlocking them, thedoors will automatically lock again.

✽✽ NOTICEYou can change the system to unlock alldoors by one pressing of the unlock but-ton (Central Door Unlock Mode).Unlock mode can be switched betweenTwo Stage Unlock Mode and CentralDoor Unlock Mode as follows:Press the lock button (1) and unlockbutton (2) at the same time for 5 secondsor more. The hazard warning lights willblink four times.

Trunk unlock (3)The trunk is unlocked if the button ispressed for more than 1 second.Also, once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk will be locked automati-cally.

Panic (4)The horn sounds and hazard warninglights flash for about 30 seconds if thisbutton is pressed for more than 1.5 sec-ond. To stop the horn and lights, pressany button except the trunk button onthe transmitter.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

ONF048011

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 12

4 13


Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any offollowing occur:• The ignition key is in ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the transmitter is in close proximity

to your cell phone or smart phone, thesignal from the transmitter could beblocked by normal operation of yourcell phone or smart phone. This isespecially important when the phoneis active such as making call, receivingcalls, text messaging, and/or send-ing/receiving emails. Avoid placingthe transmitter and your cell phone orsmart phone in the same pants orjacket pocket and maintain adequatedistance between the two devices.




CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

CAUTIONChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 13


144

Battery replacementThe transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat-tery which will normally last for severalyears. When replacement is necessary,use the following procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently

pry open the transmitter center cover.2. Replace the battery with a new battery

(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces up.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For replacement transmitters, see anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for transmit-ter reprogramming.

CAUTION• The transmitter is designed to

give you years of trouble-freeuse, however it can malfunction ifexposed to moisture or staticelectricity. If you are unsure howto use your transmitter or replacethe battery, contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Using the wrong battery can causethe transmitter to malfunction. Besure to use the correct battery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.

WARNINGAn inappropriately dis-posed battery can be harm-ful to the environment andhuman health.

Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.

ONF048120

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 14

4 15


THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thevehicle. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

Armed stageUsing the smart key (if equipped)Park the vehicle and stop the engine.Arm the system as described below.1.Turn off the engine.2.Make sure that all doors, the engine

hood and trunk lid are closed andlatched.

3.• Lock the doors by pressing the button ofthe front outside door handle with thesmart key in your possession.After completion of the steps above, thehazard warning lights and chime willoperate once to indicate that the systemis armed.If any door remains open, the doors won'tlock and the chime will sound for 3 sec-onds. Close the door and try again to lockthe doors.If trunk lid or engine hood remains open,the hazard warning lights and chimewon't operate and theft-alarm will notarm. After you close the trunk lid andengine hood, the hazard warning lightsblink once.

• Lock the doors by pressing the lock but-ton on the smart key.After completion of the steps above, thehazard warning lights and chime willoperate once to indicate that the systemis armed.If any door, trunk lid or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warning lightsand chime won't operate and theft-alarmwill not arm. After you close the trunk lidand engine hood, the hazard warninglights blink once.

Armedstage

Theft-alarmstage

Disarmedstage

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 15


164

Using the transmitter (if equipped)Park the vehicle and stop the engine.Arm the system as described below.1.Turn off the engine and remove the

ignition key from the ignition switch.2.Make sure that all doors, the engine


3.Lock the doors by pressing the lockbutton on the transmitter.

After completion of the steps above, thehazard warning lights will blink once toindicate that the system is armed. If thelock button is pressed once more within 4seconds, hazard warning lights blink andthe horn sounds once to confirm that thesystem is armed.If any door, trunk lid or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warning lights(and/or horn) won't operate and theft-alarm will not arm. After you close alldoors, trunk lid and engine hood, thehazard warning lights blink once.

Using the mechanical keyPark the vehicle and stop the engine.Arm the system as described below.1.Turn off the engine and remove the key

from the ignition switch(if equipped).2.Make sure that all doors, the engine


3.Lock the doors by inserting the key intothe key hole on the front outside doorhandle and turning the key toward thefront of the vehicle.

If any door, trunk lid or engine hoodremains open, the theft-alarm will notarm.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you lock or unlock the doors by usingthe mechanical key, the hazard warninglight won't operate.

Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed while a passenger(s)remains in the vehicle, the alarm maybe activated when the remaining pas-senger(s) leave the vehicle. If anydoor (or trunk) or engine hood isopened within 30 seconds after thesystem enters the armed stage, thesystem is disarmed to prevent anunnecessary alarm.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 16

4 17


Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the system isarmed.• A door is opened without using the

transmitter (or smart key or mechani-cal key).

• The trunk is opened without using thetransmitter (or smart key).

• The engine hood is opened.The horn will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously forapproximately 30 seconds.The alarm willrepeat once more unless the system isdisarmed. To turn off the system, unlockthe doors with the mechanical key ortransmitter or smart key.

Opening the trunk with the alarmarmed (if equipped)When the alarm is armed, the alarm willnot sound if the trunk lid is opened withthe transmitter (or smart key).Once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk will be locked automati-cally and the system will be armed again.Also, if any of the doors or hood isopened while the trunk lid is open andthe alarm is armed, the alarm will sound.

Disarmed stageUsing the smart key (if equipped)The system will be disarmed when thedoors are unlocked by pressing theunlock button on the smart key or press-ing the lock/unlock button of the front out-side door handle with the smart key inyour possession.After unlocking the doors, the hazardwarning lights and chime will operatetwice to indicate that the system is dis-armed.After unlocking the doors, if any door isnot opened within 30 seconds, the sys-tem will be rearmed.

Using the transmitter (if equipped)The system will be disarmed when thedoors are unlocked by pressing theunlock button on the transmitter.After unlocking the doors, the hazardwarning lights will blink twice to indicatethat the system is disarmed.After unlocking the doors, if any door isnot opened within 30 seconds, the sys-tem will be rearmed.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 17


184

Using the mechanical keyThe system will be disarmed when thedoors are unlocked with the mechanicalkey.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you lock or unlock the doors by usingthe mechanical key, the hazard warninglight and chime sound won't operate.

✽✽ NOTICE• Avoid trying to start the engine while

the alarm is activated. The vehiclestarting motor is disabled during thetheft-alarm stage.If the system is not disarmed with thetransmitter, insert the key into theignition switch, turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position and wait for30 seconds. Then the system will bedisarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust thetheft-alarm system because it couldcause the theft-alarm system tomalfunction and should only beserviced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the theft-alarm systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 18

4 19


Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key toward the rear of the

vehicle to unlock and toward the frontof the vehicle to lock.

• If you lock the door with a key, all vehi-cle doors will lock automatically.(if equipped)

• From the driver’s door, turn the keytoward the rear of the vehicle once tounlock the driver’s door and once morewithin 4 seconds to unlock all doors.(if equipped)

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter (or smartkey).

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that the doors areclosed securely.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door locks

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

✽✽ NOTICE You can change the system to unlock alldoors by turning the key to the rightonce (Central Door Unlock Mode).Unlock mode can be switched betweenTwo Stage Unlock Mode and CentralDoor Unlock Mode as follows:Press the lock button and unlock buttonon the transmitter at the same time for 5seconds or more. The hazard warninglights will blink four times.

DOOR LOCKS

OYF049006

LockUnlock

WARNING• If you don't close the door secure-

ly, the door may open again.• Be careful that someone's body

and hands are not trapped whenclosing the door.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 19


204

• To lock a door without the key, push theinside door lock button (1) or centraldoor lock switch (2) to the “Lock” posi-tion and close the door (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch (2), all vehicle doorswill lock automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windowsand lock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleWith the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on the button will be visi-ble.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe button will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle on either frontdoor is pulled when the door lock but-ton is in the locked position, the doorwill unlock and open.

• Front door cannot be locked if the igni-tion key is in the ignition switch and thedoor is open.

• A door cannot be locked if the smartkey is in the vehicle and any door isopen.

OMD040011

Lock

UnlockWARNING - Door lock mal-

functionIf a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in the vehi-cle, try one or more of the followingtechniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from out-side.

OMD040191A

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 20

4 21


With central door lock switch (if equipped)Operate by depressing the central doorlock switch.• When pushing down on the front por-

tion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill lock.

• When pushing down on the rear por-tion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill unlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switch andfront door is open, the doors will notlock even though the front portion (1)of the central door lock switch ispressed.

• If the smart key is in the vehicle andany door is open, the doors will notlock even though the front portion(1) ofthe central door lock switch is pressed.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.

OMD040012A

Driver’s door

OMD040192N

Passenger’s door

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 21


224

Impact sensing door unlock system(if equipped)All doors will be automatically unlockedwhen the impact is delivered to impactsensors while the ignition switch is ON.However, the doors may not be unlockedif mechanical problems occur with thedoor lock system or battery.

Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the

hole (1) and turn it to the lock ( )position. When the child safety lock isin the lock position, the rear door willnot open even when the inner doorhandle is pulled.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (2).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle until the rear door childsafety lock is unlocked.

OMD040007

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out of thevehicle, resulting in severe injury ordeath. To prevent children fromopening the rear doors from theinside, the rear door safety locksshould be used whenever childrenare in the vehicle.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 22

4 23


Opening the trunk• Press the trunk unlock button for more

than 1 second on the transmitter (orsmart key) (if equipped)

• Press the button on the trunk handlewith the smart key in your possession.(if equipped)

• Insert the master key into the lock andturn it clockwise. (if equipped)

• To open the trunk from inside the vehi-cle, pull the trunk lid release lever.Once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk is locked automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, trunk locksand trunk mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

Closing the trunkTo close the trunk, lower the trunk lid,then press down on it until it locks. To besure the trunk lid is securely fastened,always check by trying to pull it up again.

TRUNK

OMD040014

CAUTIONMake certain that you close thetrunk before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetrunk lift cylinders and attachedhardware if the trunk is not closedprior to driving.

WARNINGThe trunk swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the trunk.

WARNINGThe trunk lid should be always keptcompletely closed while the vehicleis in motion. If it is left open or ajar,poisonous exhaust gases mayenter the vehicle and serious ill-ness or death may result.

OMD040013A

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 23


244

Emergency trunk safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with an emer-gency trunk release cable located insidethe trunk. The lever glows in the darkwhen the trunk lid is closed. If someoneis inadvertently locked in the trunk,pulling this handle will release the trunklatch mechanism and open the trunk.

OMD040015

WARNING• For emergencies, be fully aware

of the location of the emergencytrunk safety release lever in thisvehicle and how to open thetrunk if you are accidentallylocked in the trunk.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the trunk of the vehicle atany time. If the trunk is partiallyor totally latched and the personis unable to get out, severe injuryor death could occur due to lackof ventilation, exhaust fumes andrapid heat build-up, or because ofexposure to cold weather condi-tions. The trunk is also a highlydangerous location in the eventof a crash because it is not a pro-tected occupant space but is apart of the vehicle’s crush zone.

• Your vehicle should be keptlocked and keys be kept out ofthe reach of children. Parentsshould teach their children aboutthe dangers of playing in trunks.

• Use the release lever for emer-gencies only. Use with extremecaution, especially while the vehi-cle is in motion.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 24

4 25


(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (left) power window switch(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window up/down*(7) Power window lock switch

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power windowsmay not work properly due to freezingconditions.

WINDOWS

OMD040016A

*

* : if equipped

*

*

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 25


264

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls that door's window.The driv-er has a power window lock switch whichcan block the operation of passengerwindows. The driver’s door has a masterpower window switch that controls all thewindows in the vehicle. The power win-dows can be operated for approximately30 seconds after the ignition key isremoved or turned to the ACC or LOCKposition. However, if the front doorsopen, the power windows cannot beoperated within the 30 second period.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (if equipped) inan open (or partially open) position, yourvehicle may demonstrate a wind buffet-ing or pulsation noise. This noise is anormal occurrence and can be reducedor eliminated by taking the followingactions. 1If the noise occurs with one orboth of the rear windows down, partiallylower both front windows approximate-ly one inch. If you experience the noisewith the sunroof open, slightly reduce thesize of the sunroof opening.

Window opening and closingTo open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

Auto down window (if equipped) (driver’s window)Pressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detent posi-tion (6) completely lowers the driver’swindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, momentarily pull the switch inthe direction opposite of the windowmovement.

OMD040017 OMD040019

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 26

4 27


Auto up/down window (if equipped)Pressing or pulling up the power windowswitch momentarily to the second detentposition (6) completely lowers or lifts thewindow even when the switch is released.To stop the window at the desired positionwhile the window is in operation, momen-tarily pull the switch in the direction oppo-site of the window’s movement.If the power window is not operated cor-rectly, the automatic power window systemmust be reset as follows:1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Close driver’s windows and continue

pulling up on the power window switchfor at least 1 second after the window iscompletely closed.

Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window isblocked by an object or part of the body,the window will detect the resistance andwill stop upward movement. The windowwill then lower approximately 11.8 in. (30cm) to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch is pulledup continuously, the window will stopupward movement then lower approxi-mately 1 in. (2.5 cm). If the power windowswitch is pulled up continuously againwithin 5 seconds after the window is low-ered by the automatic window reversalfeature, the automatic window reversalwill not operate.

✽✽ NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature for thedriver’s window is only active when the“auto up” feature is used by fullypulling up the switch. The automaticreverse feature will not operate if thewindow is raised using the halfway posi-tion on the power window switch.

WARNING Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window to avoidinjuries or vehicle damage. If anobject less than 0.16 in. (4 mm) indiameter is caught between thewindow glass and the upper win-dow channel, the automatic reversewindow may not detect the resist-ance and will not stop and reversedirection.

OUN026013OMD040018

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 27


284

Power window lock button• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on a front and rear pas-senger door by pressing the powerwindow lock button located on the dri-ver’s door to the LOCK position(pressed).

• When the power window lock buttonis in the LOCK position (pressed),the driver’s master control cannotoperate the front and rear passen-ger door power windows.

OMD040020A

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key (or

smart key) in the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(depressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend any head or armsoutside through the windowopening while driving.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 28

4 29


Opening the hood 1.Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2.Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, pull the secondary latch(1) inside of the hood center and lift thehood (2).

3.Pull out the support rod from theengine room.

4.Hold the hood open with the supportrod.

HOOD

OMD040021 OMD040022N OMD040023

WARNING - Hot partsGrasp the support rod in the areawrapped in rubber. The rubber willhelp prevent you from being burnedby hot metal when the engine ishot.

WARNINGOpen the hood after turning off theengine on a flat surface, shiftingthe shift lever to the P(Park) posi-tion for automatic transaxle and tothe 1st(First) gear or R(Reverse) formanual transaxle, and setting theparking brake.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 29


304

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft. (30cm) above the closed position and letit drop. Make sure that it locks intoplace.

WARNING• Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removedfrom the hood opening. Closingthe hood with an obstructionpresent in the hood opening mayresult in property damage orsevere personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

• Always double check to be surethat the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could openwhile the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility,which might result in an accident.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood in the raised position, asvision is obstructed and the hoodcould fall or be damaged.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 30

4 31


Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling the fuel fillerlid opener lever.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel filler lid will not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radi-ator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel

filler lid opener lever.3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully

open.4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel tank

cap (2) counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks” one time. This indicates thatthe cap is securely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it inlightly making sure that it is securelyclosed.

FUEL FILLER LID

OMD040024 OMD040025

WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Always removethe fuel cap carefully and slowly.If the cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks onetime, otherwise the MalfunctionIndicator Light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 31


324

(Continued)Use only approved portable plas-tic fuel containers designed tocarry and store gasoline.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

• When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before startingthe engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially duringrefueling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container, be sure toplace the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling hasbegun, contact with the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refueling dan-gers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station facility.• Before refueling, note the loca-

tion of the Emergency GasolineShut-Off, if available, at the gasstation facility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 32

4 33


(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refuel-

ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local fire depart-ment or 911. Follow any safetyinstructions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the "Fuel require-ments" suggested in section 1.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a genuineHYUNDAI cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap can resultin a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission controlsystem.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the event ofan accident.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 33


344

If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,you can slide or tilt your sunroof with thesunroof control switch located on theoverhead console.

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof

may not work properly due to freez-ing conditions.

• After washing the car or after there israin, be sure to wipe off any water thatis on the sunroof before operating it.

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot slide when it is inthe tilt position nor can it be tilted whilein an open or slide position.

CAUTIONDo not continue to move the sun-roof control lever after the sunroofis in the fully open, closed, or tiltposition. Damage to the motor orsystem components could occur.

WARNING Never adjust the sunroof or sun-shade while driving. This couldresult in loss of control and an acci-dent that may cause death, seriousinjury, or property damage.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OMD040026

OMD040026N

■ Type A

■ Type B

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:53 PM Page 34

4 35


Sliding the sunroof To open or close the sunroof (manualslide feature), pull or push the sunroofcontrol lever backward or forward to thefirst detent position.To open the sunroof (autoslide feature),press the sunroof control switch back-ward to the second detent position.

The sunroof will slide to the recommend-ed open position (about 2 in. before themaximum slide open position).To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,pull or push the sunroof control switchmomentarily.To open the sunroof to the maximumslide open position, press the the switchtowards the rear of the vehicle onceagain and hold it until the sunroof slide allthe way open.

✽✽ NOTICETo reduce wind noise while driving, werecommend you to drive at the recom-mended postion (about 2 in. before themaximum slide open positon).

To close the sunroof (autoslide feature),move the sunroof control switch forwardto the second detent position.The sunroof will close all the way. To stopthe sunroof sliding at any point, pull orpush the sunroof control switch momen-tarily.

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunroof is closing automati-cally, it will reverse direction, and thenstop.The auto reverse function does not workif a small obstacle is between the slidingglass and the sunroof sash. You shouldalways check that all passengers andobjects are away from the sunroof beforeclosing it.

OBK049018

OMD040027

OMD040027N

■ Type A

■ Type B

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 35


364

Tilting the sunroofTo open the sunroofPush the sunroof control lever upwarduntil the sunroof moves to the desiredposition.

To close the sunroofType APull the sunroof lever forward until thesunroof moves to the desired position.Type BPull the sunroof lever downward until thesunroof moves to the desired position.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof when

the temperature is below freezingor when the sunroof is coveredwith snow or ice, the glass or themotor could be damaged.

• While using sunroof for a longtime, a dust between sunroof androof panel can make a noise. Openthe sunroof and regularly removethe dust using a clean cloth.

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that someone’s head,

hands and body are not trappedby a closing sunroof.

• Do not extend face, neck, arms orbody outside through the sunroofopening while driving.

• Make sure hand and face aresafely out of the way before clos-ing a sunroof.

OMD040028

OMD040028N

■ Type A

■ Type B

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 36

4 37


Sunshade The sunshade will be opened with theglass panel automatically when the glasspanel is opened. You will have to close itmanually if you want it closed.

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, or related fuse isblown, you must reset your sunroof sys-tem as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion and close the sunroof completely.

2. Release the control lever.3. Push and hold the control lever for-

ward (for more than 10 seconds) untilthe sunroof tilts and slightly moves.Then, release the lever.

4. Within 3 seconds, push and hold thecontrol lever forward (for more than 5seconds) until the sunroof is operatedas follows;

TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the control lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem is reset.

❈ For more detailed information, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONThe sunroof is made to slidetogether with the sunshade. Do notleave the sunshade closed whilethe sunroof is open.

OBK049019

CAUTIONIf the sunroof is not reset when thevehicle battery is disconnected ordischarged, or related fuse is blown,the sunroof may operate improperly.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 37


384

Electronic power steering (EPS)The power steering uses a motor toassist you in steering the vehicle. If theengine is off or if the power steering sys-tem becomes inoperative, the vehiclemay still be steered, but it will requireincreased steering effort.The motor driven power steering is con-trolled by a power steering control unitwhich senses the steering wheel torqueand vehicle speed to command themotor.The steering becomes heavier as thevehicle’s speed increases and becomeslighter as the vehicle’s speed decreasesfor optimum steering control.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe following symptoms may occur dur-ing normal vehicle operation:• The EPS warning light does not illu-

minate.• The steering gets heavy immediately

after turning the ignition switch on.This happens as the system performsthe EPS system diagnostics. When thediagnostics are completed, the steer-ing wheel will return to its normalcondition.

• A click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isturned to the ON or LOCK (OFF)position.

• A motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low drivingspeed.

• If the Electric Power Steering Systemdoes not operate normally, EPS willstop assisting driver in steering thevehicle to prevent accidents and thewarning light on the cluster will illumi-nate or blink. Take your vehicle to anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer and havethe vehicle checked as soon as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the vehicle is stationary, if you

turn the steering wheel all the way tothe left or right continuously, thesteering wheel becomes heavier fromthe end. But this is for your safety, nota system malfunction. As time passes,the steering wheel return to its normalcondition.

• When you operate the steering wheel inlow temperature, abnormal noise couldoccur. If the temperature rises, the noisewill disappear. This is a normal condition.

• When the charging system warninglight comes on or the voltage is low(When the alternator (or battery) doesnot operate normally or it malfunc-tions), the steering wheel may becomedifficult to control operate abnormally.

STEERING WHEEL

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 38

4 39


Tilt steering / Tilt and telescopesteering (if equipped)Tilt steering allows you to adjust thesteering wheel before you drive. You canalso raise it to give your legs more roomwhen you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2) and height (if equipped) (3), then pullup the lock-release lever to lock thesteering wheel in place. Be sure to adjustthe steering wheel to the desired positionbefore driving.

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The horn willoperate only when this area is pressed.

OMD040029 OMD040030

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

WARNING• Never adjust the angle of the

steering wheel while driving. Youmay lose steering control andcause severe personal injury,death or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 39

WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The right outside rearview mirroris convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.


404

MIRRORS Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror so that thecenter view through the rear window isseen. Make this adjustment before youstart driving.

Day/night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of thevehicles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. The mir-ror heads can be folded back to preventdamage during an automatic car wash orwhen passing in a narrow street.

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision throughthe rear window.

OMD040031

Day

Night

WARNING Do not modify the inside mirror anddo not install a wide mirror. It couldresult in injury, during an accidentor deployment of the air bag.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 40

4 41


Remote controlManual type (if equipped)The outside rearview mirrors areequipped with a remote control for yourconvenience. It is operated by the controllever in the bottom front corner of thewindow.Before driving away, always check thatyour mirrors are positioned so you cansee behind you, both to the left and rightsides, as well as directly behind yourvehicle. When using the mirror, alwaysexercise caution when attempting tojudge the distance of vehicles behind oralong side of you.

Electric type (if equipped)The electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror, theignition switch should be in the ACC orON position, or engine is running. Pushthe switch (1) to R or L to select the rightside mirror or the left side mirror, thenpress a corresponding point on the mirroradjustment control to position the select-ed mirror up, down, left or right.After the adjustment, put the switch intothe neutral (center) position to preventinadvertent adjustment.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with warmwater.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

OMD040035NB510A01E

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 41


424

Folding the outside rearview mirror(if equipped)To fold outside rearview mirror, grasp thehousing of mirror and then fold it towardthe rear of the vehicle.

OMD040036N

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch ispressed. Do not press the switchlonger than necessary, the motormay be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the mirror.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 42

4 43


INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer

2. Turn signal indicators

3. Speedometer

4. Engine temperature gauge

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. Fuel gauge

7. Odometer/Trip computer

OMD040040A

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.For more details refer to the "Gauges" sec-tion in the next pages.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 43


444

Instrument panel illumination When the vehicle’s parking lights orheadlights are on, press the upper orlower part of the switch to adjust thebrightness of the instrument panel illumi-nation.The illumination intensity will show on theLCD screen.

Fuse switch messageThe message "FUSE" and "ON" blinks inturns to inform the driver to turn on thefuse switch in the instrument panel underthe steering wheel.For more details, refer to "Fuses" in sec-tion 7.

GaugesSpeedometer The speedometer indicates the speed ofthe vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in milesper hour and/or kilometers per hour.

OMD040043 OMD040044NOMD042207N

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 44

4 45


Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.

When the door is open, or if the engine isnot started within 1 minute, the tachometerpointer may move slightly in ON positionwith the engine OFF. This movement isnormal and will not affect the accuracy ofthe tachometer once the engine is running.

Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in section 6.

OMD040048N

CAUTIONIf the gauge moves beyond the nor-mal range area toward the “H” posi-tion, it indicates overheating thatmay damage the engine.

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe engine dam-age.OMD040046N

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 45


464

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given insection 8. The fuel gauge is supplement-ed by a low fuel warning light, which willilluminate when the fuel tank is nearempty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugemay fluctuate or the low fuel warning lightmay come on earlier than usual due tothe movement of fuel in the tank.

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with a extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the catalytic converter.

OMD040050N

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 46

4 47


Trip computerThe trip computer is a microcomputercontrolling the driver information system.It displays information related to drivingon the LCD screen when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. If the batteryis disconnected, then all stored drivinginformation (except odometer) is reset.

Odometer (mi. or km)The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

OMD040052 OMD040053N

Average fuel economy

Average speed

TRIP A

TRIP B

Distance to empty

Elapsed time

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 47


484

Tripmeter (mi. or km)TRIP A : Tripmeter ATRIP B : Tripmeter BThis mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to999.9 miles (0.0 to 999.9 km).Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the tripmeter (TRIPA or TRIP B) is being displayed, clearsthe tripmeter to zero (0.0).

Distance to empty (mi. or km)This mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 30 miles (50km), “---” will be displayed and the dis-tance to empty indicator will blink.The meter’s working range is from 30 to999 miles (50 to 999 km).

Average fuel economy (if equipped)(MPG or l/100 km)This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average econ-omy reset. The total fuel used is calculat-ed from the fuel consumption input. Foran accurate calculation, drive more than0.03 miles (50 m).Pressing the RESET button for more than1 second, when the average fuel econo-my is being displayed, clears the averagefuel consumption to zero (----).If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.6 MPH(1km/h) after being refueled with morethan 1.6 gallons (6 l), the average fueleconomy will be cleared to zero (----).

OMD040059N OMD040065NOMD040057A

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 48

4 49


Average speed (MPH or km/h)This mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps changing while theengine is running.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the average speedis being displayed, clears the averagespeed to zero (---).

Elapsed timeThis mode indicates the total time trav-eled since the last driving time reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, thedriving time keeps increasing while theengine is running.The meter’s working range is from00:00~99:59.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the driving time isbeing displayed, clears the driving time tozero (00:00).

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons (6liters) of fuel are added to the vehicle.

• The fuel consumption and distance toempty values may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This value may differ from the actualdriving distance available.

OMD040074NOMD040071N

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 49


504

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention. When releasing theparking brake, the brake system warninglight should go off. The fuel warning lightwill stay on if the fuel level is low.

ECO indicator (if equipped)

Active ECO system (if equipped)When the active ECO is operating theECO indicator is green.For more detailed information, refer to“Active ECO” in chapter 5.

Air bag warning light

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) isnot working properly. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not come on, orcontinuously remains on after operatingfor about 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light

This light illuminates if the ignition switchis turned ON and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-ing normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat there may be a malfunction with theABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible. The normal brakingsystem will still be operational, but with-out the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

ECO

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 50

4 51


If the ABS warning light turns on whiledriving1.Park the vehicle in a safe place and

turn off the engine.2.Turn on the engine again.3. If the warning light illuminates and

turns off in approximately 3 seconds,the system is operating normally.

If the warning light does not turn off, haveyour vehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

Electronic brake force distri-bution (EBD) system warninglight

If these two warning lights illuminate atthe same time while driving, your vehiclemay have a malfunction with the ABSand EBD system.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the ABS warning light or EBD warn-ing light is on and stays on, thespeedometer or odometer/tripmetermay not work. In this case, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

WARNINGIf the both ABS and brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally during sudden braking. Inthis case, avoid high speed drivingand abrupt braking. Have your vehi-cle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 51


524

Seat belt warning

The driver's seat belt warning light andchime will activate to the following tablewhen the ignition switch is in "ON" posi-tion.

*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times withinterval 24 seconds. If the driver's seatbelt is buckled, the light will stop within6 seconds and chime will stop immedi-ately.

*2 The light will stop within 6 seconds andchime will stop immediately.

Turn signal indicator

The blinking arrows on the instrumentpanel show the direction indicated by theturn signals. If the arrow comes on butdoes not blink, blinks more rapidly thannormal, or does not illuminate at all, amalfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your dealer should be consult-ed for repairs.

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

Tail light indicator

This indicator illuminates when the taillights are on.

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat BeltVehicleSpeed

Light-BlinkChime-Sound

Unbuckled 6 seconds

Buckled 6 seconds None

Buckled →Unbuckled

Below 3 mph(5 km/h)

6 seconds None

3 mph~6 mph

6 seconds

Above 6 mph (10 km/h)

6 sec. on / 24 sec. off (11 times)

Unbuckled

Above 6 mph(10 km/h)

↓Below 3 mph

(5 km/h)

6 seconds *1

↓Stop *2

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 52

4 53


Engine oil pressure warning light

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Parking brake & brake fluidwarning light

Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off when the parkingbrake is released.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have the vehicle towed to any author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for a brake sys-tem inspection and necessary repairs.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the car assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer beforethe car is driven again.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 53


544

WARNING - Safe stopping• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damagecaused by external factors.

• If you feel any vehicle instability,immediately take your foot off theaccelerator, apply the brakesgradually and with light force,and slowly move to a safe posi-tion off the road.

Your vehicle is equipped with a dual-diagonal braking system.This means youstill have braking on two wheels even ifone of the brake circuits is damaged ormalfunctions. With only one of the circuitsworking, more than normal pedal traveland greater pedal pressure are requiredto stop the car. Also, the car will not stopin as short a distance with only a portionof the brake system working. If thebrakes fail while you are driving, shift to alower gear for additional engine brakingand stop the car as soon as it is safe todo so.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

Low tire pressure telltale (if equipped)

The low tire pressure telltale illuminateswhen one or more of your tires is signifi-cantly underinflated.Inflate your tires to the correct inflationpressure.The low tire pressure telltale will illumi-nate after it blinks for approximately oneminute when there is a problem with theTire Pressure Monitoring System.If this occurs, have the system checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.For details, refer to the TPMS on chapter 6.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

WARNING - Low tire pres-sure

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable and cancontribute to loss of vehicle controland increased braking distances.Continued driving on tires with lowpressure will cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 54

4 55


Automatic Transaxle shiftindicator

The indicator displays which automatictransaxle shift position is selected.

Manual transaxle shiftindicator (if equipped)

This indicator informs you which gear isdesired while driving to save fuel.For example

: Indicates that shifting up to the 3rdgear is desired (currently the shiftlever is in the 2nd gear).

: Indicates that shifting down to the3rd gear is desired (currently theshift lever is in the 4th gear).

Charging system warninglight

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light comes on while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer correct the problemas soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the charging system warning lightcomes on or the voltage is low (when thealteranator (or battery) does not operatenormally or it malfunctions), the steeringwheel may become difficult to controloperate abnormally.

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

This light comes on when the front foglights are ON.

Trunk lid open warninglight

This warning light illuminates when thetrunk lid is not closed securely with theignition in any position.

Door open warning light

This indicator illuminates when a door isnot closed securely.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 55


564

Immobilizer indicator(if equipped)

Without smart key systemThis light illuminates when the immobiliz-er key is inserted and turned to the ONposition to start the engine.At this time, you can start the engine.Thelight goes out after the engine is running.If this light blinks when the ignition switchis in the ON position before starting theengine, have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

With smart key system (if equipped)If any of the following occurs in a vehicleequipped with the smart key, the immobi-lizer indicator illuminates, blinks or thelight goes off.• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if

the engine start/stop button is turnedto the ON position, the indicator willilluminate until the engine is started.However, when the smart key is not inthe vehicle, if the engine start/stop but-ton is depressed, the indicator will blinkfor a few minutes to indicate that youwill not be able to start the engine.

• When the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position and the indicator turnsoff after 2 seconds, the system mayneed repair. Have the vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• When the battery is weak, if the enginestart/stop button is depressed, the indi-cator will blink and you will not be ableto start the engine. However, you maystill be able to start the engine bypressing the engine start/stop buttonwith the smart key. If smart key systemrelated parts need repair, the indicatorblinks.

Low fuel level warning light

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 56

4 57


Malfunction indicator light(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates while driving, it indi-cates that a potential malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in the emis-sion control system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, take your vehicle to your near-est authorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the system checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly.

ESC indicator (ElectronicStability Control)

The ESC indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds. When the ESC is on, it monitorsthe driving conditions. Under normal driv-ing conditions, the ESC light will remainoff. When a slippery or low traction con-dition is encountered, the ESC will oper-ate, and the ESC indicator will blink toindicate the ESC is operating.The ESC indicator stays on when theESC may have a malfunction. Take yourcar to an authorized HYUNDAI dealerand have the system checked.

ESC OFF indicator

The ESC OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,press the ESC OFF button. The ESCOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESC is deactivated.

CAUTION• Prolonged driving with the

Malfunction Indicator Light illumi-nated may cause damage to theemission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

• If the Malfunction Indicator Lightilluminates or blinks, potentialcatalytic converter damage ispossible. This could result in lossof engine power. Have the EngineControl System inspected assoon as possible by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 57


584

Cruise indicator (if equipped)

CRUISE indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise control system is enabled.The cruise indicator light in the instru-ment cluster is illuminated when thecruise control ON-OFF button on thesteering wheel is pushed.The indicator light turns off when thecruise control ON-OFF button is pushedagain. For more information about theuse of cruise control, refer to “Cruisecontrol system or Smart cruise controlsystem” in section 5.

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise function switch (SET- or RES+) isON.The cruise SET indicator light in theinstrument cluster is illuminated whenthe cruise control switch (SET- or RES+)is pushed. The cruise SET indicator lightdoes not illuminate when the cruise con-trol switch (CANCEL) is pushed or thesystem is disengaged.

Electronic power steering(EPS) system warning light

This indicator light comes on after theignition key is turned to the ON positionand then it will go out.This light also comes on when the EPSneeds repairs. If it comes on while driv-ing, have your vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.Steering effort may increase significantlyif this lamp illuminates. See EPS systemin this section.

CRUISE

SET EPS

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 58

4 59


Key reminder warning chime (if equipped)Without smart keyIf the driver’s door is opened while theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thishelps prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

With smart keyIf the driver’s door is opened while thesmart key is in the vehicle with theengine start/stop button in ACC, the keyreminder warning chime will sound.The chime sounds until the driver’s dooris closed.

KEY OUT indicator (if equipped)

When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, if any door is open, the sys-tem checks for the smart key. If thesmart key is not in the vehicle, the indi-cator will blink, and if all doors areclosed, the chime will also sound forabout 5 seconds. The indicator will turnoff while the vehicle is moving. Keep thesmart key in the vehicle.

Engine coolant tempera-ture warning light

The warning light illuminates if the tem-perature of the engine coolant is above257±4.5°F (125±2.5°C).Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “Overheating” in section 6.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine coolant temperature warn-ing light illuminates, it indicates over-heating that may damage the engine.

KEYOUT

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 59


604

REAR VIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

The rearview camera will activate whenthe back-up light is ON with the ignitionswitch ON and the shift lever in the Rposition.This system is a supplemental systemthat shows behind the vehicle throughthe monitor while backing-up.

✽✽ NOTICEThe rearview camera may not operatenormally, in extremely high or lowtemperatures (operating temperature :-13°F~149°F (-20°C~65°C)).

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignitionswitch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

WARNING• This system is a supplementary

function only. It is the responsibil-ity of the driver to always checkthe inside/outside rearview mirrorand the area behind the vehiclebefore and while backing up.

• Always keep the camera lensclean. If the lens is covered withforeign matter, the camera maynot operate normally.

OMD040091

OMD040092N

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OMD060001N

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 60

4 61


LIGHTINGBattery saver function• The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the parking lights when thedriver removes the ignition key (smartkey : turns off the engine) and opensthe driver-side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willbe turned off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed(smart key : turns off the engine), per-form the following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

Headlamp delay (if equipped)If you turn the ignition switch to the ACCor OFF position with the headlights ON,the headlights remain on for about 20minutes. However, if the driver’s door isopened and closed, the headlights areturned off after 30 seconds.The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the transmit-ter (or smart key) twice or turning thelight switch to the OFF or Auto position.However, if you turn the light switch to theAuto position when it is dark outside, theheadlights will not be turned off.

Headlamp welcome function(if equipped)When the headlight switch is in the ON orAUTO position and all doors (and trunk)are closed and locked, if you press thedoor unlock button on the transmitter (orthe smart key), the headlights will comeon for about 15 seconds. At this time, ifyou press the door lock button on thetransmitter (or smart key) the headlightswill turn off immediately.

Daytime running light (if equipped)Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can makeit easier for others to see the front of yourvehicle during the day. DRL can be help-ful in many different driving conditions,and it is especially helpful after dawn andbefore sunset.The DRL system will turn OFF when:1.The headlight is ON.2.Engine stops.3. If the multifuntion switch is on “DRL

OFF” position.4. Parking brake ON.

CAUTIONIf the driver gets out of the vehiclethrough other doors (other than thedriver's door), the battery saverfunction does not operate and theheadlamp delay does not turn offautomatically. This will cause thebattery to be discharged. In thiscase, make sure to turn off the lampbefore getting out of the vehicle.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 61


624

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position (DRL OFF position)(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position, the tail, position andlicense plate lights will turn on and thetail light indicator will turn on.

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition the head, tail, license and instru-ment panel lights will turn on.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

OYFH041900N OYFH041901N OYFH041902N

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 62

4 63


Auto light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTO lightposition, the taillights and headlights willbe turned ON or OFF automaticallydepending on the amount of light outsidethe vehicle.

High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switched on.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

CAUTION• Never place anything over sensor

(1) located on the instrumentpanel. This will ensure betterauto-light system control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner. The cleaner mayleave a light film which couldinterfere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of metallic coating onthe front windshield, the Autolight system may not work prop-erly.

WARNINGDo not use high beam when thereare other vehicles. Using highbeam could obstruct the other dri-ver's vision.

OMD040095-1 OYFH041904N

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 63


644

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). Green arrow indicators on the instru-ment panel indicate which turn signal isoperating. They will self-cancel after aturn is completed. If the indicator contin-ues to flash after a turn, manually returnthe lever to the OFF position.

To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, a bulb may be burned out orhave a poor electrical connection in thecircuit.

OYFH041903N OYFH041907N

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 64

4 65


Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility when visibility is poor due to fog,rain or snow etc. The fog lights will turnon when fog light switch (1) is turned toON after the headlights are turned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the switchto OFF.

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor orunnecessary battery and generatordrain could occur.

OYFH041905N

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 65


664

WIPERS AND WASHERS

A : Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe · LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push

the lever upward and release itwith the lever in the OFF position.The wipers will operate continu-ously if the lever is pushedupward and held.

OFF : Wiper is not in operationINT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. Use thismode in a light rain or mist. To varythe speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob(1).

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

OYF049100 OYF049102

CAUTIONWhen starting the vehicle in winter,set the wiper switch in the OFFposition. Otherwise, wipers mayoperate and ice may damage thewindshield wiper blades. Alwaysremove all snow and ice and defrostthe windshield properly prior tooperating the windshield wipers.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 66

4 67


Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluidto the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze oncontact with the windshield andobscure your vision.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

OYF049101

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 67


684

Automatic turn off function (if equipped) The interior lights automatically turn offapproximately 20 minutes after the igni-tion switch is turned off.If your vehicle is equipped with the theftalarm system, the interior lights automat-ically turn off approximately 5 secondsafter the system is in the armed stage.

Map lamp Push the lens (1) to turn the map lamp onor off. This light produces a spot beam forconvenient use as a map lamp at night oras a personal lamp for the driver and thefront passenger.• DOOR : In the DOOR position, the map

lamp and the room lamp comeon when any door is openedregardless of the ignitionswitch position.

When doors are unlocked bythe transmitter (or smart key),the map lamp and the roomlamp come on for approximate-ly 30 seconds as long as anydoor is not open. The map lampand the room lamp goes outgradually after approximately 30seconds if the door is closed.However, if the ignition switch isON or all doors are locked, themap lamp and the room lampwill turn off immediately. If adoor is opened with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or LOCKposition, the map lamp and theroom lamp stay on for about 20minutes. However, if a door isopened with the ignition switchin the ON position, the maplamp and the room lamp stay oncontinuously.

• ON : Map lamp and room lamp stay onat all times.

• OFF : The lights turn off even if a dooris opened.❈ When the lamp is turned ON by

pressing the lens (1) the lampdoes not turn off even if theswitch (2) is in the OFF position.

OMD040096

INTERIOR LIGHT

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engineis not running.It may cause battery discharge.

WARNINGDo not use the interior lights whendriving in the dark. Accidents couldhappen because the view may beobscured by interior lights.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 68

4 69


Room lampTo turn the room lamp ON or OFF, pushthe switch.

Trunk lamp (if equipped)The trunk room lamp comes on when thetrunk is opened.

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped) Pull the sunvisor downward and you canturn the vanity mirror lamp ON or OFF bypushing the button.• : To turn the lamp ON.• O : To turn the lamp OFF.

CAUTIONDo not leave the lamp switches onfor an extended period of time whenthe vehicle is not running.

CAUTIONThe trunk lamp comes on as longas the trunk lid is open. To preventunnecessary charging systemdrain, close the trunk lid securelyafter using the trunk.

OMD040160OMD040097 OYF049209

CAUTIONTo prevent unnecessary chargingsystem drain, turn off the lamp bypushing the O button after usingthe lamp.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 69


704

✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “Windshielddefrosting and defogging” in this sec-tion.

Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from therear window, while the engine is running.To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.

The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

Outside rearview mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side rearview mirror defrosters, they willoperate at the same time you turn on therear window defroster.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

DEFROSTER

OMD040098A

OMD040099A

■ Type A

■ Type B

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:54 PM Page 70

4 71


MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. Front windshield defrost button

2. Mode selection buttons

3. Rear window defroster button

4. MAX A/C (Max airconditioning) button (if equipped)

5. Air intake control button

6. Temperature control knob

7. Fan speed control knob

8. A/C (Air conditioning) button (if equipped)

OMD040100A/OMD041100L

■ Type A ■ Type B

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:55 PM Page 71


724

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat-ing and cooling :- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air or recirculated air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

OMD040102A* : if equipped

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:55 PM Page 72

4 73


Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, E, C)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level (C, A, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield, side windowdefrosters, and side vents.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters,and side vents.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side vents.

OMD041101L

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:55 PM Page 73


744

MAX A/C-Level (B, D) (if equipped)To operate the MAX A/C, turn the fanspeed control knob to the right thenpress the MAX A/C button. Air flow isdirected toward the upper body and face.In this mode, the air conditioning and therecirculated air position will be selectedautomatically.

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivered from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature inside thevehicle, turn the knob to the right forwarm air or left for cooler air.

OMD040103 OMD040104N OMD041105L

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:55 PM Page 74

4 75


Air intake control This is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

Recirculated air position The indicator light on thebutton illuminates when therecirculated air position isselected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position The indicator light on thebutton will not illuminatewhen the outside (fresh) airposition is selected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, airenters the vehicle from out-side and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged operation of theair conditioning with the recirculated airposition selected will result in excessivelydry air in the passenger compartment.

WARNING• Continued use of the climate con-

trol system operation in the recircu-lated air position may allow humid-ity to increase inside the vehiclewhich may fog the glass andobscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harm ordeath due to a drop in the oxygenlevel and/or body temperature.

• Continued use of the climate con-trol system operation in the recir-culated air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness, andloss of vehicle control. Set the airintake control to the outside(fresh) air position as much aspossible while driving.

OMD040106

OMD041106L

■ Type A

■ Type B

■ Type A

■ Type B

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:55 PM Page 75


764

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Setting the fan speed control knob to the“0” position turns off the fan.

Air conditioning (if equipped)Press the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate). Press the button again to turnthe air conditioning system off.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the , position.

OMD041107L OMD040108

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:55 PM Page 76

4 77


Operation Tips• To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the vehicle through theventilation system, temporarily set theair intake control to the recirculated airposition. Be sure to return the controlto the fresh air position when the irrita-tion has passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

Air conditioningAll HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the recir-

culated air position. However, pro-longed operation of the recirculated airposition will excessively dry the air. Inthis case, change the air position.

4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position then set the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

✽✽ NOTICE• While using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the engine temperaturegauge closely while driving up hills orin heavy traffic when outside temper-atures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the engine temperaturegauge indicates engine overheating.

• Opening the windows in humidweather while air conditioning oper-ates may create water droplets insidethe vehicle. Since excessive waterdroplets may cause damage to electri-cal equipment, air conditioningshould only be used with the windowsclosed.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:55 PM Page 77


784

Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristic.

• If you operate air conditioner exces-sively, the difference between the tem-perature of the outside air and that ofthe windshield could cause the outersurface of the windshield to fog up,causing loss of visibility. In this case,set the mode selection knob or buttonto the position and fan speed con-trol to the lower speed.

Climate control air filterThe climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

OMG075033

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:55 PM Page 78

4 79


✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty, rough roads,more frequent climate control air fil-ter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a negativeinfluence on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important that the correct type andamount of oil and refrigerant is used.Otherwise, damage to the compressorand abnormal system operation mayoccur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper servicemay cause serious injury to theperson performing the service.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:55 PM Page 79


804

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. Driver’s temperature control button

2. Front windshield defrost button

3. Air intake control button

4. LCD display

5. AUTO (automatic control) button

6. OFF button

7. Fan speed control knob

8. Mode selection button

9. Dual temperature control selection button

10. Passenger’s temperature control button

11. Rear window defrost button

12. Air conditioning button

OJK042109

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:55 PM Page 80

4 81


Automatic heating and air condi-tioning1. Push the AUTO button.The modes, fan speeds, air intake andair-conditioning will be controlled auto-matically by temperature setting.

2. Press the temperature control buttonto set the desired temperature.

✽✽ NOTICE• To turn the automatic operation off,

select any button of the following:- Mode selection button- Front windshield defrost button- Fan speed control buttonThe selected function will be con-trolled manually while other functionsoperate automatically.

• For your convenience and to improvethe effectiveness of the climate con-trol, use the AUTO button and set thetemperature to 73°F (23°C).

✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OMD040111OJK042110 OJK040116-1

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 81


824

Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pressing buttonsor turning knob(s) other than the AUTObutton. In this case, the system workssequentially according to the order ofbuttons or knob(s) selected.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.The air flow outlet port is converted asfollows:

Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

Face-Level

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor & Defrost

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

OJK042112

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 82

4 83


Defrost-LevelMost of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivered from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature will increase by pushingthe up button. Each push of the button willcause the temperature to increase by1°F/0.5°C.The temperature will decrease by pushingthe down button. Each push of the buttonwill cause the temperature to decrease by1°F/0.5°C. When set to the lowest tem-perature setting, the air conditioning willoperate continuously.

OJK040113A OMD040104N OJK040116

■ Driver ■ Front passenger

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 83


844

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature individually 1. Press the DUAL button to operate the

driver and passenger side temperatureindividually. Pressing the right temper-ature control button will automaticallyswitch to the DUAL mode as well.

2. Press the left temperature control but-ton to adjust the driver side tempera-ture. Press the right temperature con-trol button to adjust the passenger sidetemperature.

When the driver side temperature is setto the highest or lowest temperature set-ting, the DUAL mode is deactivated formaximum heating or cooling.

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature equally1. Press the DUAL button again to deac-

tivate DUAL mode. The passengerside temperature will be set to thesame temperature as the driver sidetemperature.

2. Press the left temperature control but-ton. The driver and passenger sidetemperature will be adjusted equally.

Temperature conversionIf the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Fahrenheit.This is a normal condition.You can switchthe temperature mode betweenFahrenheit to Celsius as follows;While pressing the MODE button,depress the DUAL button for 3 secondsor more. The display will change fromFahrenheit to Celsius, or from Celsius toFahrenheit.

Air intake controlThis is used to select the outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OMD040115 OMD040117A

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 84

4 85


Recirculated air position The indicator light on thebutton illuminates when therecirculated air position isselected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position The indicator light on thebutton will not illuminatewhen the outside (fresh) airposition is selected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.

Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by turning the fan speed controlknob.The higher the fan speed is, the more airis delivered.

WARNING• Continued use of the climate con-

trol system operation in the recir-culated air position may allowhumidity to increase inside thevehicle which may fog the glassand obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harm ordeath due to a drop in the oxygenlevel and/or body temperature.

• Continued use of the climate con-trol system operation in the recir-culated air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness, andloss of vehicle control. Set the airintake control to the outside(fresh) air position as much aspossible while driving.

OMD040114

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 85


864

Air conditioningPush the A/C button to turn the air condi-tioning system on (indicator light will illu-minate).Push the button again to turn the air con-ditioning system off.

OFF modePush the OFF button to turn off the air cli-mate control system. However, you canstill operate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

OJK042118 OMD040119A

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 86

4 87


WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING • For maximum defrosting, set the tem-

perature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging up theinside of the windshield.

✽✽ NOTEBe sure to keep the interior surface of thewindshield clean by wiping it with a cleancloth and glass cleaner. This will helpreduce the tendency of the glass foggingand also improve visibility.

Manual climate control systemTo defog inside windshield1. Select any fan speed except “0” posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically.If the outside (fresh) air position is notselected automatically, press the corre-sponding button manually.

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperature ofthe outside air and that of the wind-shield could cause the outer sur-face of the windshield to fog up,causing loss of visibility. In thiscase, set the mode selection knobor button to the position andfan speed control knob or button toa lower speed.

OMD040120N

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 87


884

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically.

Automatic climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Select desired fan speed.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.If the outside (fresh) air position is notselected automatically, adjust the corre-sponding button manually.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

OMD042121L OMD040122N OMD040123N

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 88

4 89


Defogging logicWhen defogging logic is operating, theair intake is controlled automatically (Youcan’t control the air intake) according tocertain conditions such as or position to reduce the probability of fog-ging up the inside of the windshield. Tocancel or return the defogging logic, per-form the following steps.

Manual climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Press the defrost button ( ).3. Push the air intake control button at

least 5 times.The indicator light in the air intake controlbutton will blink 3 times with 0.5 secondof interval. It indicates that the defogginglogic is canceled or returned to the pro-grammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the system resets to the pro-grammed defogging logic.

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defrost position pressing

defrost button ( ).3. While holding the air conditioning but-

ton (A/C) pressed, press the air intakecontrol button at least 5 times within 3seconds.

The indicator on the air intake controlbutton blinks 3 times with 0.5 second ofinterval. It indicates that the defogginglogic is canceled or returned to the pro-grammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the system resets to the pro-grammed defogging logic.

OMD040125OMD040124

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 89


904

Auto defogging system (if equipped)Auto defogging reduces the probability offogging up the inside of the windshield byautomatically sensing the moisture ofinside the windshield.The auto defogging system operateswhen the heater or air conditioning is on.

This indicator illuminateswhen the auto defoggingsystem senses the moistureof inside the windshield andoperates.

If more moisture is in the vehicle, thehigher steps operate as follow. For exam-ple if auto defogging does not defoginside the windshield at step 1 Outsideair position, it tries to defog again at step2 Blowing air toward the windshield.

Step 1 : Outside air positionStep 2 : Blowing air toward the windshieldStep 3 : Increasing air flow toward the

windshieldStep 4 : Operating the air conditioning Step 5 : Maximizing the air conditioning

✽✽ NOTICE• When the air conditioning is turned

on by Auto defogging system, if youtry to turn off the air conditioning, theindicator will blink 3 times and the airconditioning will not be turned off.

• For efficiency, do not select recirculat-ed air position while Auto defoggingsystem is operating.

OMD040126

CAUTIONDo not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thedriver side windshield glass.Damage to system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyour vehicle warranty.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 90

4 91


These compartments can be used tostore small items.

Center console storage To open the center console storage, pullup the lever.

Sliding armrest (if equipped)To move forwardGrab the front portion of the armrest (1)then pull it forward

To move rearwardPush the armrest rearward with yourpalm.

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartments.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover cannot closesecurely.

OMD040127 OMD040128

WARNINGDo not grab the front portion of thearmrest (1) when moving the arm-rest rearward. It may pinch your fin-gers.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 91


924

Glove boxTo open the glove box, push the buttonand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open.Place your sunglasses in the compart-ment door with the lenses facing out.Push to close.

OMD040130

WARNING• Do not keep objects except sun-

glasses inside the sunglass hold-er. Such objects can be thrownfrom the holder in the event of asudden stop or an accident, pos-sibly injuring the passengers inthe vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass holderwhile the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehiclecan be blocked by an open sun-glass holder.

OMD040129

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

CAUTIONDo not keep food in the glove boxfor a long time.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 92

4 93


Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in the cargoarea, you can use the holders located inthe cargo area to attach the luggage net.

Multi boxTo open the cover (if equipped), movethe lever up then the cover will open.

OYF049225 OMD040131N

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage compart-ment.

WARNINGAvoid eye injury. DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net, ALWAYSkeep your face and body out of theluggage net’s recoil path. DO NOTuse when the strap has visiblesigns of wear or damage.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 93


944

INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.To use a sunvisor for a side window, pullit downward, unsnap it from the bracket(1) and swing it to the side (2).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (3).Adjust the sunvisor extension (ifequipped) forward or backward (4).

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you may burn your-self. Such a burn to the drivercould lead to loss of control ofthe vehicle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OMD040134

OMD040136

■ Rear

■ Front

OHD046089L

WARNINGKeep cans or bottles out of directsun light and do not put them in avehicle that is heated up. It mayexplode.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning spilled liquids, donot dry the cup holder at high tem-peratures. This may damage thechrome part of the cup holder.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 94

4 95


Power outletThe power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

CAUTION• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running and removethe accessory plug after use.Using the accessory plug for pro-longed periods of time with theengine off could cause the bat-tery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

WARNINGDo not put a finger or a foreign ele-ment (pin, etc.) into a power outletand do not touch with a wet hand.You may get an electric shock.

CAUTION• Always have the switch in the off

position when the vanity mirrorlamp is not in use. If the sunvisoris closed without the lamp off, itmay discharge the battery ordamage the sunvisor.

• Always use the sunvisor exten-sion, after swinging the sunvisorto the side.

OMD040137

OMD040194N

■ Type A

■ Type B

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 95


964

Digital clock (if equipped)

Whenever the battery terminals or relat-ed fuses are disconnected, you mustreset the time.When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the clock buttons operate asfollows:

Hour (1)Pressing the H button with your finger, apencil or similar object will advance thetime displayed by one hour.

Minute (2)Pressing the M button with your finger, apencil or similar object will advance thetime displayed by one minute.

Display conversionTo change the 12 hour format to the 24hour format, press the “H” and “M” but-tons at the same time for more than 4seconds.For example, if the “H” and “M” buttonsare pressed for more than 4 secondswhile the time is 10:15 p.m., the displaywill be changed to 22:15.

Outside thermometerThe current outside temperature is dis-played in 1°F (1°C) increments.The temperature range is between -40°F~176°F (-40°C~80°C).• The outside temperature on the display

may not change immediately like ageneral thermometer to prevent thedriver from being inattentive.

OMD040138

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause an accident thatresults in severe personal injury ordeath.

OMD040196A

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 96

4 97


• Temperature conversionIf the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, the temperature modedisplay will reset to Fahrenheit.This is a normal condition. You canswitch the temperature mode betweenFahrenheit to Centigrade as follows;Press the “H” and “M” buttons at thesame time for more than 1 seconds butless than 3 seconds. The display willchange from Fahrenheit to Centigrade,or from Centigrade to Fahrenheit.

Clothes hanger (if equipped)To use the hanger, pull down the upperportion of hanger.

Floor mat anchor(s)When using a floor mat on the front floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to the floormat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keepsthe floor mat from sliding forward.

OMD040195N

WARNINGThe floor mat must be properlyanchored so that it will not interferewith the operation of the accelera-tor pedal. Any interference with theaccelerator pedal could cause theaccelerator pedal to be unable toreturn to the idle position. A pedalthat cannot return to the idle posi-tion could lead to an accidentwhich may result in severe person-al injury or death.

OUN026348

CAUTIONDo not hang heavy clothes,because it may damage the hook.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 97


984

The following must be observed wheninstalling ANY floor mat to the vehicle, sothat it will not interfere with the pedal.• Ensure that the floor mats are secure-

ly attached to the vehicle’s floor matanchor(s) before driving the vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannotbe firmly attached to the vehicle’s floormat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top of oneanother (e.g. all-weather rubber mat ontop of a carpeted floor mat). Only asingle floor mat should be installed ineach position.

IMPORTANT – Your vehicle was manu-factured with driver’s side floor matanchors that are designed to securelyhold the floor mat in place. To avoidany interference with pedal operation,HYUNDAI recommends that only theHYUNDAI floor mat designed for use inyour vehicle be installed.

Aux, USB and iPod® portIf your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or iPodport, you can use an aux port to connectaudio devices and a USB port to plug ina USB, or use the HYUNDAI accessoryipod cable the plugs into both ports toconnect an iPod.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

❈ iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Navigation system (if equipped)The navigation system ascertains thepresent position of your vehicle by usinginformation from satellites and guidesyou to the place you assign as the desti-nation.Detailed information for the navigationsystem is described in a seperate manual.

Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyhands-free (if equipped)You can use the phone wirelessly byusing the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology.Detailed information for the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology hands-free isdescribed in the “Audio section” in thischapter or in the manual supplied sepa-rately.

OMD040140

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 98

4 99


✽✽ NOTICEIf you install an after market HID (highintensity discharge) head lamp, yourvehicle's audio and electronic devicesmay malfunction.

AntennaGlass antenna (if equipped)When the radio power switch is turned onwhile the ignition key is in either the “ON”or “ACC” position, your car will receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signalsthrough the antenna in the rear windowglass.

AUDIO SYSTEM

OMD040161

CAUTION• Do not clean the inside of the rear

window glass with a cleaner orscraper to remove foreigndeposits as this may cause dam-age to the antenna elements.

• Avoid adding metallic coatingssuch as Ni, Cd, and so on. Thesecan disturb the reception of AMand FM broadcast signals.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 99


1004

Steering wheel audio control (if equipped) The steering wheel may incorporateaudio control buttons.

1. VOLUME (VOL+/-)• Push the lever upward (+) to increase the

volume.• Push the lever downward (-) to decrease

the volume.

2. PRESET/SEEK ( / )The SEEK/PRESET button has differentfunctions based on the system mode.For the following functions the buttonshould be pressed for 0.8 second ormore.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CD/USB/iPod modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressedfor less than 0.8 second, it will work asfollows in each mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STATIONbuttons.

CD/USB/iPod modeIt will function as TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

3. MODEPress the button to change audio source.- FM(1~2)➟AM➟SAT(1~3)➟CD➟USB

AUX(iPod) FM...

4. MUTE (if equipped)• Press the button to mute the sound.• Press the button to turn off the micro-

phone during a telephone call.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons are described in the followingpages in this section.

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remote con-trol buttons simultaneously.

OMD040139N

OMD040139

Type A

Type B

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 100

4 101


D300800AHM

How vehicle audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your vehicle.This signalis then received by the radio and sent toyour vehicle speakers.

When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

JBM002

AM radio reception

JBM001

FM radio reception

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 101


1024

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

• Fading - As your vehicle moves awayfrom the radio station, the signal willweaken and sound will begin to fade.When this occurs, we suggest that youselect another stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anotherstation with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

JBM005JBM004JBM003

FM radio station

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 102

4 103


Satellite radio receptionYou may experience difficulties in receiv-ing XM™ satellite radio signals in the fol-lowing situations.

• If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov-ered parking area.

• If you are driving beneath the top levelof a multi-level freeway.

• If you drive under a bridge.• If you are driving next to a tall vehicle

(such as a truck or a bus) that blocksthe signal.

• If you are driving in a valley where thesurrounding hills or peaks block thesignal from the satellite.

• If you are driving on a mountain roadwhere is the signal blocked by moun-tains.

• If you are driving in an area with talltrees that block the signal (30 ft. /10mor more), for example on an road thatgoes through a dense forest.

• The signal can become weak in someareas that are not covered by the XM™repeater network.

NOTE:There may be other unforeseen cir-cumstances leading to reception prob-lems with the XM™ satellite radio sig-nal.

SATELLITE2SATELLITE1

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 103


1044

Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradio When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

Care of disc• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventilationbefore using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMAfiles without permission. Use CDs thatare created only by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure on undesirable matter otherthan CDs are inserted into the CDplayer (Do not insert more than oneCD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible CopyProtected Audio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player does not perform correctlythe CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such as a cellular phone or aradio set inside the vehicle, a sepa-rate external antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverselyaffect safe operation of the vehicle.

WARNINGDo not use a handheld cellularphone while driving. Stop at a safelocation to use a handheld cellularphone.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 104

4 105


■■ CD Player : PA710MD

MD_USA_RADIO❋ There will be no logo if the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology feature is not supported.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 105


1064

Using RADIO, SETUP, VOLUMEand AUDIO CONTROL

1. Button The FM/AM button toggles between FMand AM. Listed below are the paths asthe system switches from FM to AM andback to FM.• FM/AM : FM1➟FM2➟AM➟FM1...

2. Button

• When the is pressed, it willautomatically tune to the next lowerstation.

• When the is pressed, it willautomatically tune to the next higherstation.

3. PRESET Buttons• Press ~ buttons less than

0.8 seconds to play the station savedin each button.

• Press ~ buttons more than0.8 seconds or longer to save the cur-rent station to the respective buttonwith a beep.

4. ButtonTurn the LCD Display & BacklightON/OFF when button press.

5. Button• When the button is pressed, it auto-

matically scans the radio stationsupwards.

• The SCAN feature steps through eachstation, starting from the initial station,for 5 seconds.

• Press the button again to stopthe scan feature and to listen to thecurrently selected channel.

SCAN

SCAN

DISP

DISP

61

61

SEEK

TRACK

SEEK

FM/AM

MD_USA_RADIO

MD_USA_RADIO

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 106

4 107


6. Button & Knob• Turns the audio system on/off when

the ignition switch is on ACC or ON.• If the knob is turned clockwise/counter-

clockwise, the volume will increase/decrease.

7. ButtonPress this button to enter SETUP mode,If no action is taken for 8 seconds, it willreturn to previous mode.

In “SETUP” mode, rotate the knob to move the cursor between items,and push the button to select.

• MAINSelect this item to enter the Scroll andSDVC setup.

SCROLLSelect whether long file names are scrolledcontinuously (On) or just once (Off).

SDVC (Speed Dependent Volume Control)Select this item to turn the SDVC featureOn or Off. If it is turned ON, volume levelis adjusted automatically according tothe vehicle speed.

• MEDIASelect default display of MP3 play infor-mation. “Folder/File” or “Artist/Title” canbe selected.

ENTER

VOL

SETUP

VOL

MD_USA_RADIO

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 107


1084

• XMSelect default display of XM mode.“Cat./Ch.” or “Artist/Title” can be selected.

• PHONESelect this item to enter Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology setup mode. Referto “BLUETOOTH® WIRELESS TECH-NOLOGY PHONE OPERATION” sectionfor detailed information.

• P.BASS (PowerBass)This function creates virtual soundeffects and allows adjustments to theBass level.Off ➟ Low ➟ Mid ➟ High ➟ Off...❈ AM Mode is not supported.

• AUDIOSelect the item to change the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE tune mode. Press the button to select each mode and rotatethe knob clockwise or counter-clockwise.

BASS ControlTo increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

MIDDLE ControlTo increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the MID-DLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

TREBLE ControlTo increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the TRE-BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise to empha-size rear speaker sound (front speakersound will be attenuated). When the con-trol knob is turned counterclockwise, frontspeaker sound will be emphasized (rearspeaker sound will be attenuated).

BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound (left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counter clockwise, leftspeaker sound will be emphasized (rightspeaker sound will be attenuated).

VOL

ENTER

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 108

4 109


Using CD Player

1. Button (CD)If the CD is loaded, turns to CD mode. Ifno CD, it displays “No Media” for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

2. Button (RANDOM)Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate ‘RDM’ mode and morethan 0.8 seconds to activate ‘ALL RDM’mode.• RDM : Only files/tracks in a folder/disc

are played back in a random sequence.• ALL RDM (MP3/WMA Only) : All files in

a disc are played back in the randomsequence.

3. Button (REPEAT)Press this button for less than 0.8 secondsto activate 'RPT' mode and more than 0.8seconds to activate 'FLD RPT' mode.• RPT : Only a track (file) is repeatedly

played back.• FLD RPT (MP3/WMA Only) : Only files

in a folder are repeatedly played back.

4. Button• Press button for less than 0.8

seconds to play from the beginning ofcurrent song.

• Press button for less than 0.8 seconds and press again within1 second to play the previous song.

• Press button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

• Press button for less than 0.8seconds to play the next song.

• Press button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to initiate forward direction highspeed sound search of current song.

5. CD Eject Button• Press button to eject the CD.

This button works regardless of ignitionswitch status.

6. CD SlotInsert a CD label side up and gently pushin while ignition switch is on ACC or ON.The audio automatically switches to CDmode and begins to play the CD.If the audio was turned off, audio powerwill automatically turned on as the CD isinserted.• This audio only recognizes 12cm-size,

CD-DA (Audio CD) or ISO data-CD(MP3 CD).

• If UDF data-CD or non-CD (e.g. DVD)is inserted, "Reading Error" messagewill be displayed and the disc will beejected.

SEEK

SEEK

TRACK

TRACK

TRACK

TRACK

2

1

CD/AUX

CAUTION Do not insert a CD if CD indicator islit.

MD_USA_CD

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 109


1104

7. ButtonPlay each song in the CD for 10 seconds. Tocancel SCAN Play, press this button again.

8. ButtonDisplays the information of the current song.• Audio CD : Disc Title/Artist, Track Title

/Artist, Total Track.• MP3 CD : File Name, Title, Artist,

Album, Folder, Total Files (Not dis-played if the information is unavailableon the CD or file.)

9. Button (FOLDER)• Press button to move to child

folder of the current folder and displaythe first song in the folder.

Press / buttons to moveto the folder displayed. It will play thefirst song in the folder.

• Press button to move to parentfolder of the current folder and displaythe first song in the folder.

Press / buttons to moveto the folder displayed.

10. Search ButtonPress the button to display thesongs next to the currently played song.press the button to display thesongs before to the currently playedsong.

11. ButtonPress the button to play theselect song.

ENTER

ENTER

FILE

TUNE

FLDRCAT

FLDR

FLDRCAT

CAT

FLDR

INFO

SCAN

MD_USA_CD MD_USA_CD

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 110

4 111


NOTE:Order of playing files (folders) :1. Song playing order : to sequen-

tially.

2. Folder playing order :❋ If no song file is contained in the

folder, that folder is not displayed.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 111


1124

CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use an external USB device,make sure the device is not con-nected when starting up the vehi-cle. Connect the device afterstarting up.

• If you start the engine when theUSB device is connected, it maydamage the USB device. (USBflashdrives are very sensitive toelectric shock.)

• If the engine is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take precautions for static electrici-ty when connecting or disconnect-ing the external USB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not

recognizable.• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB device isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Use only a USB device formattedto FAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB I/Fauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith the human body or otherobjects.

• If you repeatedly connect or dis-connect the USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You may hear a strange noisewhen connecting or disconnect-ing a USB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you disconnect the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or may malfunction.Therefore, disconnect the externalUSB device when the audio isturned off or in another mode. (e.g,Radio, XM or CD)

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice.

• Do not use the USB device for pur-poses other than playing music files.

• Playing videos through the USBis not supported.

• Use of USB accessories such asrechargers or heaters using USBI/F may lower performance orcause trouble.

• If you use devices such as a USBhub purchased separately, thevehicle’s audio system may notrecognize the USB device. In thatcase, connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia termi-nal of the vehicle.

(Continued)

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 112

4 113


(Continued)• If the USB device is divided by

logical drives, only the music fileson the highest-priority drive arerecognized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Cellular phone/Digital camera canbe unrecognizable by standardUSB I/F can be unrecognizable.

• Charging through the USB maynot be supported in some mobiledevices.❋ A car exclusive cable (Provided

or sold separately) is requiredto use the iPod.

• Some non-standard USB devices(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can beunrecognizable.

• Some USB flash memory readers(such as CF, SD, microSD, etc.) orexternal-HDD type devices can beunrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)are not recognizable.

• The data in the USB memory maybe lost while using this audio.Always back up important data ona personal storage device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plug typeconnector products as shownbelow.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:56 PM Page 113


1144

Using USB device

1. Button (USB or AUX)If the auxiliary device is connected, itswitches to AUX or USB mode to play thesound from the auxiliary player. If there isno auxiliary device, then the message“No Media” will become displayed on theLCD for 3 seconds and returns to previ-ous mode.

2. Button (RANDOM)• Press this button for less than 0.8 seconds

to play songs randomly in current folder.• Press this button for 0.8 seconds or

longer to play songs randomly in entireUSB device.

• To cancel RANDOM play, press thisbutton again.

3. Button (REPEAT)• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

onds to repeat current song.• Press this button for 0.8 seconds or longer

to repeat all songs in current folder.• To cancel REPEAT, press this button

again.

4. Button• Press the button for less than

0.8 seconds to play from the beginningof the current song.Press the button for less than 0.8 seconds and press it again within 1 secondto move to and play the previous song.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the button for less than0.8 seconds to move to the next song.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

SEEK

TRACK

TRACK

2

1

CD/AUX

MD_USA_USB

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 114

4 115


5. ButtonPlays each song in the USB device for 10seconds. To cancel SCAN Play, pressthis button again.

6. ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME➟ TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ FOLDER➟ TOTAL FILE ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY ➟

FILE NAME… (Displays no information ifthe file has no song information.)

7. Button (CATEGORY)• Press button to move to child

folder of the current folder and displaythe first song in the folder. Press

button.

• Press button to move to parentfolder display the first song in the fold-er. Press button.

8. Search ButtonPress the button to display thesongs next to the currently played song.press the button to display thesongs before to the currently playedsong.


ENTER

ENTER

FILE

TUNE

ENTER

FLDR

ENTER

CAT

CAT

INFO

SCAN

MD_USA_USBMD_USA_USB

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 115


1164

✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING THEiPod® DEVICE

• Some iPod models might not sup-port the communication protocoland the files will not be played. Supported iPod models: - iPod Mini- iPod 4th(Photo) ~ 6th(Classic)generation- iPod Nano 1st~4th generation- iPod Touch 1st~2nd generation

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in theaudio system.

• If the iPod disabled due to its ownmalfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset:Refer to iPod manual)

• An iPod may not operate normallyon low battery.

• Some iPod devices, such as theiPhone, can be connected throughthe Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyinterface. The device must haveaudio Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology capability (such as forstereo headphone Bluetooth®Wireless Technology ). The devicecan play, but it will not be con-trolled by the audio system.

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to AUXmode even without iPod deviceand may cause noise. Disconnectthe iPod cable when you are notusing the iPod device.

• When not using iPod with caraudio, detach the iPod cable fromiPod. Otherwise, iPod may remainin accessory mode, and may notwork properly.

• When connecting the iPod, use theUSB/AUX terminals.

• When disconnecting the iPod, dis-connect both the USB/AUX termi-nal.

• The iPod exclusive cable must beconnected to both the USB/AUXterminals for iPod charging andoperations to be supported.

CAUTION IN USING THE iPod® DEVICE

• The Hyundai iPod Power Cable isneeded in order to operate iPodwith the audio buttons on theaudio system.The USB cable pro-vided by Apple may cause mal-function and should not be usedfor Hyundai vehicles.

❋ The Hyundai iPod Power Cablemay be purchased through yourHyundai Dealership.

• When connecting iPod with theiPod Power Cable, insert the con-nector to the multimedia socketcompletely. If not inserted com-pletely, communications betweeniPod and audio may be interrupted.

• When adjusting the sound effects ofthe iPod and the audio system, thesound effects of both devices willoverlap and might reduce or distortthe quality of the sound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of an iPod when adjust-ing the audio system’s volume,and turn off the equalizer of theaudio system when using theequalizer of an iPod.

(Continued)

Detachable USB/AUX All-in-one USB/AUX

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 116

4 117


Using iPod®

❋ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

1. Button (iPod)If iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the previous mode toplay the song files stored in the iPod.If there is no iPod connected, then it dis-plays the message "No Media" for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

2. Button• Press the button for less than

0.8 seconds to play from the beginningof the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds and press it again within 1 secondto move to and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the button for less than0.8 seconds to move to the next track.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in forward direc-tion in fast speed.

3. Button (RANDOM)• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

onds to shuffle order of all songs incurrent category. (Song Random)

• Press this button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to shuffle order of albums in cur-rent category. (Album Random)

• To cancel RANDOM Play, press thisbutton again.

4. Button (REPEAT)Repeats the song currently played.

5. Button (CATEGORY)Moves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the iPod.To move to (play) the category (song)displayed, Press button.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.

6. ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of TITLE ➟

ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY➟ TITLE... (Displays no information if thefile has no song information.)

INFO

ENTER

3

2

1

SEEK

TRACK

TRACK

CD/AUX

MD_USA_iPod

MD_USA_iPod

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 117


1184

7. Search ButtonPress the button to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Press the button to display thesongs before to the currently playedsong.


ENTER

ENTER

FILE

TUNE

MD_USA_iPod

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 118

4 119


Using XM satellite RadioYour vehicle is equipped with 3 monthscomplimentary period of XM SatelliteRadio. XM provides access to over 130channels of music, information, andentertainment programming.

1. ButtonTurns to XM Satellite Radio Mode. XMmode toggles in order to XM1➟XM2➟

XM3➟XM1... when the button is pressedeach time.

2. Button• Push button for less than 0.8

second to select previous channel.• Push button for 0.8 second or

longer to continuously move to previ-ous channel.

• Push button for less than 0.8second to select next channel.

• Push button for 0.8 second orlonger to continuously move to next channel.

• Radio ID : Seek or Tune to XM channel0 to display the Radio ID.

3. PRESET ButtonsPush ~ buttons less than0.8 second to play the channel saved ineach button. Push Preset button for 0.8second or longer to save current channelto the respective button with a beep.

4. ButtonPress to hear a brief sampling of allchannels. To cancel the scan mode,press the button once again.

5. ButtonDisplays the information of the currentchannel in the order of Artist/Song title➟

Category/Channel name➟Current PlayChannel➟Artist/Song title➟Category/Channel name... when the button ispressed each time. The complete textinformation is not displayed, rotate thetune button to see the next page.

6. Button (CATEGORY)• Press , buttons to enter

the Category List Mode.The display will indicate the categoryitems, highlight the category that thecurrent channel belongs to.

FLDRCAT

CAT

INFO

SCAN

61

SEEK

SEEK

TRACK

TRACK

SEEK

XM

MD_USA_XM

MD_USA_XM

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 119


1204

• In the Category List Mode, press thesebuttons to navigate the category list.

• Press button to select the low-est channel in highlighted category.

• If channel is selected by selecting cat-egory "CATEGORY" Icon is displayedat the top of the screen.

7. Search ButtonPress the button to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Press the button to display thesongs before to the currently playedsong.


ENTER

ENTER

FILE

TUNE

ENTER

MD_USA_XM

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 120

4 121


NOTE:Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyphone compatibility can be checkedby visiting www.hyundaiusa.com andunder the SERVICE & PARTS - BLUE-TOOTH COMPATIBILITY menu.• Areas that can be checked - 9 areas,

such as Pairing, Connection,Handsfree Calling, Streaming, etc.

CAUTION IN USINGBLUETOOTH® WIRELESSTECHNOLOGY CELLU-LAR PHONE

• Do not use a cellular phone orperform Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology settings (e.g. pairinga phone) while driving.

• Some Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology enabled phones maynot be recognized by the systemor fully compatible with the sys-tem.

• Before using Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology related features ofthe audio system, refer to yourphone’s User’s Manual for phone-side Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology operations.

• The phone must be paired to theaudio system to use Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology related fea-tures.

• You will not be able to use thehands-free feature when yourphone (in the car) is outside ofthe cellular service area (e.g. in atunnel, in a underground, in amountainous area, etc.).

(Continued)

(continued)• If the cellular phone signal is poor

or the vehicles interior noise is tooloud, it may be difficult to hear theother person’s voice during a call.

• Do not place the phone near orinside metallic objects, otherwise communications with Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology system orcellular service stations can bedisturbed.

• While a phone is connectedthrough Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology your phone may dis-charge quicker than usual foradditional Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology related operations.

• Some cellular phones or otherdevices may cause interferencenoise or malfunction to the audiosystem. In this case, storing thedevice in a different location mayresolve the situation.

• Please save your phone name inEnglish, or your phone name maynot be displayed correctly.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 121


1224

BLUETOOTH® WIRELESS TECH-NOLOGY PHONE OPERATION(IF EQUIPPED)

1. button : Raises or lowers speak-er volume.

2. : Turns the sound on and off.3. button : Activates voice recognition.4. button : Places and transfers calls.5. button : Ends calls or cancels func-

tions.

■ What is Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology?Bluetooth® Wireless Technology allowsmultiple devices to be connected in ashort range, low-powered devices likehands-free, stereo headset, wirelessremocon, etc. For more information, visitthe Bluetooth® Wireless Technologywebsite at www.Bluetooth.com

■ General Features• This audio system supports

Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyenabled hands-free and stereo-head-set features.

- HANDS-FREE feature: Making orreceiving calls wirelessly throughvoice recognition.

- STEREO-HEADSET feature: Playingmusic from cellular phones (that sup-ports A2DP feature) wirelessly.

• Voice recognition engine of theBluetooth® Wireless Technology sys-tem supports 3 types of languages:

EnglishCanadian FrenchUS Spanish

✽✽ NOTICE• The phone must be paired to the sys-

tem before using Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology features.

• Only one selected (linked) cellular phonecan be used with the system at a time.

• Some phones are not fully compatiblewith this system.

• The Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyword mark and logos are registeredtrademarks owned by Bluetooth®Wireless Technology SIG, Inc. and anyuse of such marks by HYUNDAI isunder license. A Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology enabled cell phone isrequired to use Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology.

MUTE

VOLUME

4

5

3

1

2

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 122

4 123


■ Receiving a Phone CallWhen receiving a phone call, a ringtoneis audible from speakers and the audiosystem changes into telephone mode.When receiving a phone call, “Incomingcall” message and incoming phone num-ber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.• To Answer a Call:- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Reject a Call:- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Adjust Ring Volume:- Use VOLUME buttons on the steering

wheel.• To Transfer a Call to the Phone (Secret

Call):- Press and hold button on the

steering wheel until the audio systemtransfers a call to the phone.

■ Talking on the PhoneWhen talking on the phone, “Active Call”message and the other party’s phonenumber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.

• To Finish a Call- Press button on the steering wheel.

✽✽ NOTICEIn the following situations, you or theother party may have difficulty hearingeach other:1. Speaking at the same time, your voice

may not reach each other parties. (Thisis not a malfunction.) Speak alternate-ly with the other party on the phone.

2. Keep the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology volume to a low level.High-level volume may result in distor-tion and echo.

3. When driving on a rough road.4. When driving at high speeds.5. When the window is open.6. When the air conditioning vents are

facing the microphone.7. When the sound of the air condition-

ing fan is loud.

■Bluetooth® Wireless TechnologyAudio Music Streaming

The audio system supports Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology enabled A2DP(Audio Advanced Distribution Profile) andAVRCP (Audio Video Remote ControlProfile) technologies.Both profiles provide streaming of musicvia compatible “PAIRED” Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology enabled cellularphone.To stream music from the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology enabled cellularphone, play your music files on your cel-lular phone according to your cellularphone user’s manual and press the

button on the audio system until“MP3 play” is displayed on the LCD.The audio system head unit displays‘MP3 MODE’.

CD/AUX

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 123


1244

NOTE:• In addition to streaming MP3 files,

all music and sound files your cellu-lar phone supports can be playedby the audio system.

• Bluetooth® Wireless Technologycompatible cellular phones mustinclude A2DP and AVRCP capabili-ties.

• Some A2DP and AVRCP compatibleBluetooth® Wireless Technologycellular phones may not play musicthrough the audio system initially.These cellular phones may need tohave the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology streaming enabled, forexample;i.e : Menu➟Filemanager➟Music➟

Option➟Play via Bluetooth • Please refer to User’s Guide for your

cellular phone for more information.To cancel Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology enabled cellular phonemusic streaming, stop music play-back on the cellular phone orchange the audio mode to AM/FM,XM, CD, iPod, ect.

■ Phone SetupAll Bluetooth® Wireless Technology relat-ed operations can be performed inPHONE menu.1) Push the button to enter

SETUP mode.2) Select “Phone” item by rotating the

knob, then push the button.

3) Select desired item by rotating theknob, then push the

button.

• Pairing a phoneBefore using Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology features, the phone must bepaired (registered) with the audio sys-tem. Up to 5 phones can be paired withthe system.

NOTE:• The pairing procedure of the phone

varies according to each phonemodel. Before attempting to pairphone, please see your phone’sUser’s Guide for instructions.

• Once pairing with the phone is com-pleted, there is no need to pair withthat phone again unless the phone isdeleted manually from the audio sys-tem (refer to “Deleting a Phone” sec-tion) or the vehicle’s information isremoved from the phone.

➀ Press button to enter SETUPmode.

➁ Select “Phone”, then “Pair” in PHONEmenu.

➂ The audio displays “Device : [Name]passkey: 0000”

➃ Search and select the device name inyour mobile phone to starting the pair-ing process.

SETUP

ENTERVOL

ENTERVOL

SETUP

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 124

4 125


NOTE:• If the phone is paired with two or

more vehicles of the same model,some phones may not handleBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevices of that name correctly. Inthis case, you may need to changethe name displayed on your phone.For example, if the vehicles' name isHMC CAR, you may need to changethe name displayed on your phonefrom HMC_CAR to JOHNS_CAR orHMC CAR_1 to avoid ambiguity.Refer to your phone User’s Guide, orcontact your cellular carrier or phonemanufacturer for instructions.

• Connecting a phoneWhen the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology system is enabled, thephone previously used is automaticallyselected and re-connected. If you want toselect a different phone previouslypaired, the phone can be selectedthrough “Select Phone” menu.Only a selected phone can be used withthe hands-free system at a time.


➁ Select “Phone”, then “Select” inPHONE menu.

➂ Select desired phone name from thelist shown.

➃ The Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyicon appears on the upper side ofaudio display when a phone is con-nected.

SETUP

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 125


1264

• Changing PriorityIf several phones are paired with theaudio system, the system attempts toconnect following order when theBluetooth® Wireless Technology systemis enabled:1) “Priority” checked phone.2) Previously connected phone3) Gives up auto connection.


➁ Select “Phone”, then “Priority” in PHONEmenu.


• Deleting a PhoneThe paired phone can be deleted.- When the phone is deleted, all the infor-

mation associated with that phone isalso deleted (including phonebook).

- If you want to use the deleted phonewith the audio system again, pairingprocedure must be completed oncemore.


➁ Select “Phone”, then “Delete” inPHONE menu.


• ADVANCED MenuAfter pressing the button, select“Phone” menu. While in PHONE menu,select the “Advanced” menu to makeBluetooth® Wireless Technology Phonesettings.(The ADVANCED menu may differaccording to audio specifications.)

Incoming Volume (Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology call volume adjustments)While in ADVANCED menu, select“In Vol.” Use the knob key to set thedesired volume and press the button.

ENTER

SETUP

SETUPSETUP

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 126

4 127


Contacts Sync (Automatic Phonebookdownload setting)While in ADVANCED menu, select“Contacts” to automatically save the con-tacts and call history in your mobilephone each time you connect a mobiledevice, select ON. If you do not wish forautomatic download, select OFF.It’s not available to make a phone call byBluetooth® Wireless Technology audiosystem while the phonebook is beingdownloaded.

Language of Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology voice recognitionWhile in ADVANCED menu, press“Language”. To change the language,select the desired language and pressthe button.

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology sys-tem offWhile in ADVANCED menu, select“BT Off” to turn off the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology system.

■ Voice Recognition Activation• The voice recognition engine contained

in the Bluetooth® Wireless Technologysystem can be activated in the followingconditions:- Button Activation

The voice recognition system will beactive when the button is pressedand after the sound of a Beep.

- Active ListeningThe voice recognition system will beactive for a period of time when theVoice Recognition system has askedfor a customer response.

• The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine while number greaterthan ten will not be recognized.

• The system shall cancel voice recogni-tion mode in following cases : Whenpressing the button and sayingcancel following the beep. When notmaking a call and pressing thebutton. When voice recognition hasfailed 3 consecutive times.

• At any time if you say “help”, the systemwill announce what commands areavailable.

■ Menu treeThe menu tree identifies available voicerecognition Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology functions.

ENTER

Call [Name] Ex) Call John(at Home)

Ex) Dial 911Dial [Number]

Redial

Call Back

Add entryPhonebook

Change name

Delete name

By phone

By voice

Call By name

By number

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 127


1284

■ Making a Phone Call• Direct Calling ➀ Press button.➁ Say the following command.

- Call <John> : Connects the call to John.- Call <John> on <Mobile> : Connects

the call to John’s mobile phone number.- Call <John> at <Home> : Connects

the call to John’s home number.- Call <John> in <Office> : Connects

the call to John’s office number.

Note:Calls can be immediately connectedto contacts who name or voice tag aresaved in the phonebook(or contacts).

• Calling by NameA phone call can be made by speakingnames registered in the audio system.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Call”.➂ Say “By name” when prompted.➃ Say desired name (in Phonebook or

voice tag).➄ Say desired location (phone number

type). Only stored locations can beselected.

➅ Say “Yes” to confirm and make a call.

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:1. Say “Call Name”

✽✽ Tip■ Voice OperationTo get the best performance out of theVoice Recognition System, observe thefollowings:- Keep the interior of the vehicle as

quiet as possible. Close the windowto eliminate surrounding noise(traffic noise, vibration sounds,etc), which may disturb recognitionof the voice command correctly.

- Speak a command after a beepsound within 5 seconds. Otherwisethe command will not be receivedproperly.

- Speak in a natural voice withoutpausing between words.

- While receiving voice commands,press the button on the steer-ing wheel remote controller to ter-minate guidance. Voice commandwill convert back to waiting modeto allow the user to say a new voicecommand.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 128

4 129


• Dialing by NumberA phone call can be made by dialing thespoken numbers. The system can recog-nize single digits from zero to nine.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Call”.➂ Say “By number” when prompted.➃ Say desired phone numbers.➄ Say “Dial” to complete the number and

make a call.

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:➀ Say “Dial Number”➁ Say “Dial <digit>”

■ Phone Book (In-Vehicle)• Adding entry by voicePhone numbers and voice tags can beregistered. Entries registered in thephone can also be transferred.

➀ Press button.➁ Say "Phonebook".

- The system replies with all availablecommands.

- To skip the information message,press again and then a beep isheard.

➂ Say “Add Entry”.➃ Say “By Voice” to proceed.➄ Say the name of the entry when

prompted.➅ Say “Yes” to confirm.➆ Say the phone number of that entry

when prompted.➇ Say “Store” if phone number input is

finished.➈ Say a phone number type. “Home”,

“Work”, “Mobile”, “Other” or “Default” isavailable.

➉ Say “Yes” to complete adding entry.Say “Yes” to store additional locationfor this contact, or say “Cancel” to fin-ish the process.

✽✽ NOTICE- The system can recognize single digits

from zero to nine. Numbers that areten or greater cannot be recognized.

- You can enter each digit individuallyor group digits together in preferredstring lengths.

- To speed up input, it is a good idea togroup all digits into a continuous string.

- For more accurate recognition of dig-its, it is better to divide the whole dig-its into several groups.

- The display corresponding to eachoperation appears on the screen as fol-lows:Input operation example:1. Say: “Nine, nine, five”

➟ Display: “995”2. And say: “Seven, three, four”

➟ Display: “995734”

11

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 129


1304

• Adding Entry by Phone➀ Press button.➁ Say "Phonebook".➂ Say "Add Entry" after prompt.➃ Say "By Phone" to proceed.➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.➅ Your phone will start to transfer

phone/contact list to the audio system.This process may take over 10 min-utes depending on the phone modeland number of entries

➆ Wait till the audio displays “TransferComplete” message.

• Changing NameThe registered names can be modified.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Phonebook”.➂ Say “Change Name” after prompt.➃ Say the name of the entry (voice tag).➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.➅ Say new desired name.

• Deleting NameThe registered names can be deleted.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Phonebook”.➂ Say “Delete Name” after prompt.➃ Say the name of the entry (voice tag).➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.

■Bluetooth® Wireless TechnologyAudio Speaker Adaptation

Speaker adaptation will improve perform-ance of voice recognition system to aparticular user voice.This will degrade the performance forother users.

• Record➀ Press button for 10sec.➁ Say “Record profile”.➂ Say “Yes”.➃ Say the word displayed on Radio.

• Delete➀ Press button for 10sec.➁ Say “Delete profile”.➂ Say “Yes”.

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 130

4 131


■ Key matrix

No.

Class

Paired H/PEmpty

Disconnected

1

SHORT

LONG

SHORT

SHORT

LONG[10sec]

LONG[10sec]

Normal mode BT SETUP menuIncoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call

Not Paired Not Connecting - - Accept Call

Connected

-2nd call

1st Call:waiting2nd Call:active

2nd Call2nd Call:waiting1st Call:active

KEY

- - - - - - Transfer call:secret call

End CallVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelReject Call End Call End Call

-

Active

-

-

Active

SpeakerAdaptation

(Only English)

-

Active

-

Active

-Speaker

Adaptation(Only English)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- -

2

3

UD HMA 4.QXP 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 131

5

Before driving / 5-3Key / 5-5Engine start/stop button / 5-8Manual transaxle /5-12Automatic transaxle / 5-15Brake system / 5-21Cruise control system / 5-31Active ECO system / 5-35Economical operation / 5-36Special driving conditions / 5-38Winter driving / 5-42

Vehicle load limit / 5-46Vehicle weight / 5-51Trailer towing / 5-52


UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 1


25

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-dows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-tion.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the under side of the car, have the exhaustsystem checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the trunk lid open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield arekept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 2

5 3


Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided in sec-tion 7, “Maintenance”.

BEFORE DRIVING


Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.

WARNINGDriving while distracted can resultin a loss of vehicle control, thatmay lead to an accident, severepersonal injury, and death. The dri-ver’s primary responsibility is inthe safe and legal operation of avehicle, and use of any handhelddevices, other equipment, or vehi-cle systems which take the driver’seyes, attention and focus awayfrom the safe operation of a vehicleor which are not permissible by lawshould never be used during oper-ation of the vehicle.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:57 PM Page 3


45

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting acar into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgment. Drivingwhile under the influence of drugsis as dangerous or more dangerousthan driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.

WARNING• When you intend to park or stop

the vehicle with the engine on, becareful not to depress the accel-erator pedal for a long period oftime. It may overheat the engineor exhaust system and cause fire.

• When you make a sudden stop orturn the steering wheel rapidly,loose objects may drop on thefloor and it could interfere withthe operation of the foot pedals,possibly causing an accident.Keep all things in the vehiclesafely stored.

• If you do not focus on driving, itmay cause an accident. Be care-ful when operating devices thatmay disturb driving such as theaudio system or the heater. It isthe responsibility of the driver toalways drive safely.

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 4

5 5


Illuminated ignition switch (if equipped)Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will be illuminated for yourconvenience, provided the ignition switchis not in the ON position. The light will gooff immediately when the ignition switchis turned on or go off after about 30 sec-onds when the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionLOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft (if equipped). The ignitionkey can be removed only in the LOCKposition.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked (ifequipped) and electrical accessories areoperative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced in turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

KEY

OYF059017N OYF059016

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 5


65

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

STARTTurn the ignition switch to the START posi-tion to start the engine. The engine willcrank until you release the key; then itreturns to the ON position.The brake warn-ing lamp can be checked in this position.

Starting the engine

1. Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Manual Transaxle - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position. The starter will not oper-ate if the clutch pedal is not fullydepressed.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

WARNING - Ignitionswitch

• Never turn the ignition switch toLOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift lever isengaged in 1st gear for the manu-al transaxle or P (Park) for auto-matic transaxle, set the parkingbrake fully and shut the engine off.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement may occur if these pre-cautions are not taken.

• Never reach for the ignitionswitch, or any other controlsthrough the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is in motion.The pres-ence of your hand or arm in thisarea could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol, an accident and seriousbodily injury or death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to anaccident.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake, acceleratorpedal, and clutch (if equipped).

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 6

5 7


3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below 0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while the vehicleis in motion, do not attempt to movethe shift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion. If traffic and road conditionspermit, you may put the shift leverin the N (Neutral) position while thevehicle is still moving and turn theignition switch to the START posi-tion in an attempt to restart theengine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 7


85

Illuminated engine start/stop but-ton (if equipped)Whenever the front door is opened, theengine start/stop button will illuminate foryour convenience. The light will go offimmediately when the engine start/stopbutton is turned on or go off after about30 seconds when the door is closed.

Engine start/stop button positionOFF• with manual transaxleTo turn off the engine, stop the vehiclethen press the engine start/stop buttonwith the engine start/stop button ON.

• with automatic transaxleTo turn off the engine, press the enginestart/stop button with the enginestart/stop button ON and the shift lever inP(Park). When you press the enginestart/stop button without the shift lever inP(Park), the engine start/stop buttondoes not turn to the OFF position but tothe ACC position.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you turn off the engine, the vehi-cle should be stopped.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

OMD050005

WARNINGIn an emergency situation while thevehicle is moving, you can turn offthe engine and turn the enginestart/stop button to the ACC posi-tion by pressing the enginestart/stop button for more than 2seconds or 3 times successivelywithin 3 seconds. If the vehicle ismoving, you can restart the enginewithout pressing the brake pedal bypressing the engine start/stop but-ton with the shift lever in N(Neutral).

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 8

5 9


ACC(Accessory)• with manual transaxlePress the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.

• with automatic transaxlePress the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.

If you leave the engine start/stop buttonin the ACC position for more than 1 hour,the button is turned off automatically toprevent the battery from discharging.

ON• with manual transaxlePress the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the ACC position withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.

• with automatic transaxlePress the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the ACC position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.

The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do not leavethe button in the ON position if the engineis not running to prevent the battery fromdischarging.

START• with manual transaxleTo start the engine, depress the clutchpedal and brake pedal, then press theengine start/stop button with the shiftlever in the N(Neutral) position.

• with automatic transaxleTo start the engine, depress the brakepedal and press the engine start/stopbutton with the shift lever in the P(Park)or the N (Neutral) position.

✽✽ NOTICE• If you press the engine start/stop but-

ton without depressing the clutchpedal on manual transaxle vehicles orwithout depressing the brake pedal onautomatic transaxle vehicles, theengine will not start and the enginestart/stop button changes as follows:OFF →→ ACC →→ ON →→ OFF

• If you leave the engine start/stop but-ton in the ACC or the ON position fora long time, the battery may be dis-charged.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 9


105

Starting the engine 1.Carry the smart key or leave it insidethe vehicle.

2.Make sure the parking brake is firmlyapplied.

3. Manual Transaxle - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Depress thebrake and clutch pedal fully.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine when theshift lever is in the N (Neutral) position.

4.Press the engine start/stop button.5. In extremely cold weather (below -

18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle has notbeen operated for several days, let theengine warm up without depressingthe accelerator.Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

WARNING• Never press the engine start/stop

button while the vehicle is inmotion. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris engaged in 1st gear for themanual transaxle or P (Park) forthe automatic transaxle, set theparking brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement may occurif these precautions are not taken.

• Never reach for the enginestart/stop button, or any other con-trols through the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is in motion. Thepresence of your hand or arm inthis area could cause a loss ofvehicle control, an accident andserious bodily injury or death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to anaccident.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots, etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake, acceleratorand clutch pedal (if equipped).

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 10

5 11


• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,but it is not close to the driver’s seatarea, then the engine may not start.

• When the engine start/stop button is in theACC or ON position, if any door is open,the system checks for the smart key. If thesmart key is not in the vehicle, and if alldoors are closed, the chime will sound forabout 5 seconds. Keep the smart key inthe vehicle, when using the ACC positionor if the vehicle engine is on.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the battery is weak or the smart key

does not work correctly, you can startthe engine by pressing the enginestart/stop button with the smart key.

• When the stop lamp fuse is blown, youcan't start the engine normally.Replace the fuse with a new one. Ifyou are not able to replace the fuse,you can start the engine by pressingthe engine start/stop button for 10 sec-onds with the engine start/stop buttonin the ACC mode. Always depress thebrake pedal and clutch pedal (ifequipped) before starting the engine.

WARNINGThe engine will start by pressingthe engine start/stop button, onlywhen the smart key is in the vehi-cle. Never allow children or any per-son who is unfamiliar with the vehi-cle to touch the engine start/stopbutton or related parts.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in theN(Neutral) position while the vehi-cle is still moving and press theengine start/stop button in anattempt to restart the engine.

OMD050013

CAUTIONDo not press the engine start/stopbutton for more than 5 secondsexcept when the stop lamp fuse isdisconnected.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 11


125

Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has 6 forwardgears.This shift pattern is imprinted on the shiftknob. The transaxle is fully synchronizedin all forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.To shift gears, press the clutch pedaldown fully, select the desired gear withthe gearshift lever, and release the clutchpedal slowly.If your vehicle is equipped with an igni-tion lock switch, the engine will not startwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.The shift lever must be returned to theneutral position before shifting into R(Reverse). The button (1) located at thebottom front of the shift knob must bepressed and held in while moving theshift lever to the R (Reverse) position.Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R (Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OMD050009

The shift lever can be moved into any ofthe forward gears without pressing thebutton (1).

You should press the button (1) whenmoving the shift lever into reverse.

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inadver-tently press the shift lever side-ways in such a manner that thesecond gear is engaged. Such adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer willenter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the engine andtransaxle may possibly causeengine damage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such downshifting may damagethe engine.

• When shifting from 5th gear to 6th

gear or from 6th gear to 5th gear,push the shift lever to the rightwhile shifting.Otherwise, the shift lever mightmove to 3th gear or 4th gear and itmay damage the engine andtransaxle.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 12

5 13


• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricant iswarmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R (Reverse),leave the shift lever in the neutral posi-tion and release the clutch. Depress theclutch pedal back down, and then shiftinto 1st or R (Reverse) gear position.

Using the clutchThe clutch should be depressed all theway to the floor before shifting, thenreleased slowly. The clutch pedal shouldalways be fully released while driving. Donot rest your foot on the clutch pedalwhile driving. This can cause unneces-sary wear. Do not partially engage theclutch to hold the vehicle on an incline.This causes unnecessary wear. Use thefoot brake or parking brake to hold thevehicle on an incline. Do not operate theclutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly.

DownshiftingIt is important to downshift when youmust slow down in heavy traffic or whiledriving up or down steep hills.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better acceleration.When the vehicle is traveling down steephills, downshifting helps maintain safespeed and prolongs brake life.

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver’s seat,always set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off. Then makesure the transaxle is shifted into 1stgear when the vehicle is parked ona level or uphill grade, and shiftedinto R (Reverse) on a downhillgrade. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement can occur ifthese precautions are not followedin the order identified.CAUTION

• To avoid premature clutch wearand damage, do not drive withyour foot resting on the clutchpedal. Also, do not use the clutchto hold the vehicle stopped on anuphill grade, while waiting for atraffic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transaxle shift forks.

• When operating the clutch pedal,press the clutch pedal down fully.If you don't press the clutch pedalfully, the clutch may be damagedor noise may occur.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 13


145

Good driving practices• Never take the vehicle out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the vehicle ingear.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, shift to a lower gear.When you do this, engine braking willhelp slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoR (Reverse). The transaxle can bedamaged if you do not.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed limits.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 14

5 15


Automatic transaxle operationThe automatic transaxle has 6 forwardspeeds and one reverse speed. The indi-vidual speeds are selected automatically,depending on the position of the shiftlever.To move the shift lever from the P (Park)position, the brake pedal must bedepressed and the lock release buttonmust be pressed.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle,may be somewhat abrupt. This is a nor-mal condition, and the shifting sequencewill adjust after shifts are cycled a fewtimes by the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

OMD050010

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

The shift lever can be moved freely

Depress the brake pedal when shifting

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 15


165

For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

Transaxle rangesThe indicator in the instrument clusterdisplays the shift lever position when theignition switch is in the ON position.

P (Park)Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the drivewheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a car into D (Drive) or R(Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the order iden-tified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an incline, donot hold the vehicle stationarywith engine power. Use the serv-ice brake or the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the parking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 16

5 17


R (Reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 6-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stop beforeshifting into D (Drive).

Sports modeWhether the vehicle is stationary or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In sports mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you tomake gearshifts rapidly.Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to

shift up one gear.Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once

to shift down one gear.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion, except as explained in“Rocking the vehicle” in this sec-tion.

OMD050012

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Sports mode

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 17


185

✽✽ NOTICE• In sports mode, the driver must exe-

cute upshifts in accordance with roadconditions.

• In sports mode, only the 6 forwardgears can be selected. To reverse orpark the vehicle, move the shift leverto the R (Reverse) or P (Park) positionas required.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

• In sports mode, when the engine rpmapproaches the red zone, the transaxlewill upshift automatically.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety, thesystem may not execute certaingearshifts when the shift lever is oper-ated.

• When accelerating from a stop on aslippery road, push the shift lever for-ward into the +(up) position. Thiscauses the transaxle to shift into the2nd gear which is better for smoothdriving on a slippery road. Push theshift lever to the -(down) side to shiftback to the 1st gear.

Shift lock system For your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse) unless thebrake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a clickingnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

Shift-lock overrideIf the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R(Reverse) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:1. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering

the shift-lock access hole.2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the

access hole and press down on thekey (or screwdriver).

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible.

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around the car.

OMD050031

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 18

5 19


Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. Even if the ignition switch is inthe LOCK position, the key also cannotbe removed.If your vehicle is equipped with ENGINESTART/STOP button, the button will notchange to the OFF position unless theshift lever is in the P (Park) position.

Good driving practices• Never move the gear shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-tion with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the gear shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into R(Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thecar in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down, move theshift lever to sports mode and shift to alower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow the car.

• When driving in sports mode, slowdown before shifting to a lower gear.Otherwise, the lower gear may not beengaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the car from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 19


205

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.Do not rev up the engine. This maycause engine over-heating,transaxle damage or failure, andtire damage.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 20

5 21


Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When descending a long or steep

hill, shift to a lower gear (for auto-matic transaxle, move the shiftlever to sports mode) and avoidcontinuous application of thebrakes. Continuous brake applica-tion will cause the brakes to over-heat and could result in a tempo-rary loss of braking performance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to safely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

• Always, confirm the position ofthe brake and accelerator pedalbefore driving. If you don't checkthe position of the acceleratorand brake pedal before driving,you may depress the acceleratorinstead of the brake pedal. It maycause a serious accident.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 21


225

Disc brakes wear indicator (if equipped)Your vehicle has disc brakes.When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes. You may hear thissound come and go or it may occurwhenever you depress the brake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes.This is normal and doesnot indicate a problem with your brakes.

Rear drum brakes (if equipped)Your rear drum brakes do not have wearindicators.Therefore, have the rear brakelinings inspected if you hear a rear brakerubbing noise. Also have your rearbrakes inspected each time you changeor rotate your tires and when you havethe front brakes replaced.

Parking brake Applying the parking brakeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then pull up the park-ing brake lever as far as possible withoutpressing the release button.In addition it is recommended that whenparking the vehicle on an incline, the shiftlever should be in the appropriate lowgear on manual transaxle vehicles or inthe P (Park) position on automatictransaxle vehicles.WARNING - Brake wear

This brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace the front or rearbrake pads as pairs.

OMD050014

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 22

5 23


Releasing the parking brakeTo release the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and pull up the parkingbrake lever slightly. Secondly press therelease button (1) and lower the parkingbrake lever (2) while holding the button.If the parking brake does not release ordoes not release all the way, have thesystem checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OMD050015

CAUTION• Driving with the parking brake

applied will cause excessivebrake pad and brake rotor wear.

• Do not operate the parking brakewhile the vehicle is movingexcept in an emergency situation.It could damage the vehicle sys-tem and could endanger yourdriving safety.

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure thegearshift lever is securely posi-tioned in 1st (First) gear or R(Reverse) for manual transaxleequipped vehicles and in P (Park)for automatic transaxle equippedvehicles.

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe parking brake. If the parkingbrake is released unintentionally,serious injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 23


245

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminated whenthe parking brake is applied with the igni-tion switch in the START or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains on afterthe parking brake is released while theengine is running, there may be a mal-function in the brake system. Immediateattention is necessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution while operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion warrants and allow the ABS to con-trol the force being delivered to thebrakes.

WARNINGABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or danger-ous driving maneuvers. Eventhough vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for carsequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem (or Electronic StabilityControl system) may be longer thanfor those without it in the followingroad conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reduced speeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• With tire chains installed.• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

The safety features of an ABS (orESC) equipped vehicle should notbe tested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.

W-75

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 24

5 25


✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS is malfunctioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

W-78

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and operate your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull your carover to a safe place and stop theengine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 25


265

Electronic stability control (ESC)The Electronic Stability control (ESC)system is designed to stabilize the vehicleduring cornering maneuvers. ESC checkswhere you are steering and where thevehicle is actually going. ESC applies thebrakes at individual wheels andintervenes in the engine managementsystem to stabilize the vehicle.

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESC is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityControl System is functioning properly.

WARNINGNever drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly when cor-nering. Electronic stability control(ESC) will not prevent accidents.Excessive speed in turns, abruptmaneuvers and hydroplaning onwet surfaces can still result in seri-ous accidents. Only a safe andattentive driver can prevent acci-dents by avoiding maneuvers thatcause the vehicle to lose traction.Even with ESC installed, always fol-low all the normal precautions fordriving - including driving at safespeeds for the conditions.

OMD050016

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 26

5 27


ESC operationESC ON condition• When the ignition is turned ON, ESC

and ESC OFF indicator lights illumi-nate for approximately 3 seconds, thenESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF button for at leasthalf a second after turning the ignitionON to turn ESC off. (ESC OFF indica-tor will illuminate). To turn the ESC on,press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFFindicator light will go off).

• When starting the engine, you mayhear a slight ticking sound. This is theESC performing an automatic systemself-check and does not indicate aproblem.

When operatingWhen the ESC is in operation,ESC indicator light blinks.• When the ESC is in operation,

you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control andindicates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor driving on a slippery road,pressing the accelerator pedalmay not cause the engine rpm(revolutions per minute) toincrease.

ESC operation offESC OFF state

• To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESCis off, ESC remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESC will automatically turnon again.

Indicator lightWhen ignition switch is turned to ON, theindicator light illuminates, then goes off ifthe ESC system is operating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating or illuminates whenESC fails to operate.The ESC OFF indicator light comes onwhen the ESC is turned off with the button.

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 27


285

ESC OFF usageWhen driving• ESC should remain on for daily driving

whenever possible.• To turn ESC off while driving, press the

ESC OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESC isturned off (ESC OFF light illuminated).

• Turning the ESC off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

Good braking practicesCAUTION

Driving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESC system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Control sys-tem is only a driving aid; use pre-cautions for safe driving by slowingdown on curved, snowy, or icyroads. Drive slowly and do notattempt to accelerate whenever theESC indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery.

WARNINGNever press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating (ESC indica-tor light blinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may slip outof control.

WARNING• Whenever you leave or park your

vehicle, always set the parkingbrake as far as possible and fullyengage the vehicle's transaxleinto the P (Park) position. If theparking brake is not fullyengaged, the vehicle may moveinadvertently and injure yourselfand others.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 28

5 29


• After parking the vehicle, check to besure the parking brake is not engagedand that the parking brake indicatorlight is out before driving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet.They can also get wet whenthe car is washed. Wet brakes can bedangerous! Your car will not stop asquickly if the brakes are wet.Wet brakesmay cause the car to pull to one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakes light-ly until the braking action returns to nor-mal, taking care to keep the car undercontrol at all times. If the braking actiondoes not return to normal, stop as soonas it is safe to do so and call an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

• Do not coast down hills with the car outof gear. This is extremely hazardous.Keep the car in gear at all times, use thebrakes to slow down, then shift to alower gear (for automatic transaxle, shiftto sports mode) so that engine brakingwill help you maintain a safe speed.

• Do not "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because it canresult in the brakes overheating and los-ing their effectiveness. It also increasesthe wear of the brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thecar pointed straight ahead while youslow down. When you are moving slow-ly enough for it to be safe to do so, pulloff the road and stop in a safe place.

• If your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic transaxle, don't let your vehiclecreep forward. To avoid creeping for-ward, keep your foot firmly on the brakepedal when the vehicle is stopped.

• Use caution when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle). If your vehicle isfacing downhill, turn the front wheelsinto the curb to help keep the vehiclefrom rolling. If your vehicle is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe curb to help keep the vehicle fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keepthe vehicle from rolling, block thewheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the gearselector lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 29


305

Vehicle stability management(VSM) (if equipped)This system provides further enhance-ments to vehicle stability and steeringresponses when a vehicle is driving on aslippery road or a vehicle detectedchanges in coefficient of friction betweenright wheels and left wheels when braking.

VSM operationWhen the VSM is in operation, ESC indi-cator light ( ) blinks.When the vehicle stability managementis operating properly, you can feel a slightpulsation in the vehicle and/or abnormalsteering responses (EPS). This is onlythe effect of brake and EPS control andindicates nothing unusual.

The VSM does not operate when: • Driving on bank road such as gradient

or incline • Driving rearward• ESC OFF indicator light ( ) remains

on the instrument cluster• EPS indicator light remains on the

instrument cluster

VSM operation offIf you press the ESC OFF button to turnoff the ESC, the VSM will also cancel andthe ESC OFF indicator light ( ) illumi-nates.To turn on the VSM, press the buttonagain. The ESC OFF indicator light goesout.

Malfunction indicatorThe VSM can be deactivated even if youdon’t cancel the VSM operation by press-ing the ESC OFF button. It indicates that amalfunction has been detected some-where in the Electric Power Steering sys-tem or VSM system. If the ESC indicatorlight ( ) or EPS warning light remainson or blink, take your vehicle to an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys-tem checked.

✽✽ NOTICE• The VSM is designed to function

above approximately 9 mph (15 km/h)on curves.

• The VSM is designed to functionabove approximately 18 mph (30km/h) when a vehicle is braking on asplit-mu road. The split-mu road ismade of surfaces which have differentfriction forces.

WARNING• The Vehicle Stability Management

system is not a substitute forsafe driving practices but a sup-plementary function only. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways check the speed and thedistance to the vehicle ahead.Always hold the steering wheelfirmly while driving.

• Your vehicle is designed to acti-vate according to the driver’sintention, even with installedVSM. Always follow all the normalprecautions for driving at safespeeds for the conditions –including driving in inclementweather and on a slippery road.

• Driving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the VSM systemto malfunction. When replacingtires, make sure they are thesame size as your original tires.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 30

5 31


➀ CRUISE indicator➁ SET indicator

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without resting your foot onthe accelerator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

✽✽ NOTICE• During normal cruise control opera-

tion, when the SET switch is activatedor reactivated after applying thebrakes, the cruise control will ener-gize after approximately 3 seconds.This delay is normal.

• To activate cruise control, depress thebrake pedal at least once after turningthe ignition switch to the ON positionor starting the engine. This is to checkif the brake switch which is importantpart to cancel cruise control is in nor-mal condition.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated)the cruise control can be activat-ed unintentionally. Keep thecruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

• Do not use the cruise controlwhen it may not be safe to keepthe car at a constant speed, forinstance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

• Be careful when driving downhillusing the cruise control system,which may increase the vehiclespeed.

OMD050032N

CAUTIONDuring cruise-speed driving of amanual transaxle vehicle, do notshift into neutral without depress-ing the clutch pedal, since theengine will be overrevved. If thishappens, depress the clutch pedalor release the cruise control on/offswitch.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 31


325

To set cruise control speed:1. Push the cruise on/off button on the

steering wheel to turn the system on.The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 25 mph (40 km/h).

3. Push the SET- switch, and release it atthe desired speed. The SET indicatorlight in the instrument cluster will illumi-nate. Release the accelerator at thesame time. The desired speed will auto-matically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goinguphill or downhill.

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the RES+ switch and hold it. Your

vehicle will accelerate. Release theswitch at the speed you want.

• Push the RES+ switch and release itimmediately. The cruising speed willincrease 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) each timethe RES+ switch is operated in thismanner.

OMD050033N

OUD052033N

■ Type A

■ Type B

OMD050036N

OUD052036N

■ Type A

■ Type B

OMD050035N

OUD052035N

■ Type A

■ Type B

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 32

5 33


To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the SET- switch and hold it. Your

vehicle will gradually slow down.Release the switch at the speed youwant to maintain.

• Push the SET- switch and release itimmediately. The cruising speed willdecrease 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) eachtime the SET- switch is operated in thismanner.

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Press the brake pedal.• Press the clutch pedal with a manual

transaxle.• Shift the shift lever into N (Neutral) with

an automatic transaxle• Press the CANCEL switch located on

the steering wheel.

OMD050036N

OUD052036N

■ Type A

■ Type B

OMD050034N

OUD052034N

■ Type A

■ Type B

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 33


345

• Decrease the vehicle speed lower thanthe memory speed by 9 mph (15 km/h).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, pushthe RES+ switch located on your steeringwheel. You will return to your previouslypreset speed.

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 25 mph(40 km/h):If any method other than the cruise on/offswitch was used to cancel cruising speedand the system is still activated, the mostrecent set speed will automaticallyresume when the RES+ switch ispushed.

It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately25 mph (40 km/h).

✽✽ NOTICEAlways check the road conditions whenpressing the RES+ switch to resume thespeed.

OMD050035N

OUD052035N

■ Type A

■ Type B

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 34

5 35


To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Push the cruise on/off button (the

CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions cancel cruise con-trol operation. If you want to resumecruise control operation, repeat the stepsprovided in “To set cruise control speed”on the previous page.

Active ECO operationActive ECO helps improve fuel efficiencyby controlling the engine and transaxle.But fuel-efficiency can be changed by thedriver's driving habits and road conditions.• When the Active ECO button is

pressed the ECO indicator (green) willilluminate to show that the Active ECOis operating.

• When the Active ECO is activated, itdoes not turn off even though theengine is restarted again. To turn offthe system, press the active ECO but-ton again.

• If Active ECO is turned off, it will returnto the normal mode.

Limitation of Active ECO opera-tion:If the following conditions occur whileActive ECO is operating, the systemoperation is limited even though there isno change in the ECO indicator.• When the coolant temperature is low:

The system will be limited until engineperformance becomes normal.

• When driving up a hill: The system willbe limited to gain power when drivinguphill because the engine torque isrestricted.

• When using sports mode: The systemwill be limited according to the shiftlocation.

• When the accelerator pedal is deeplypressed for a few seconds: The systemwill be limited, judging that the driverwants to speed up.

OMD050030

ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OMD050033N

OUD052033N

■ Type A

■ Type B

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 35


365

Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manymiles (kilometers) you can get from a gal-lon (liter) of fuel. To operate your vehicleas economically as possible, use the fol-lowing driving suggestions to help savemoney in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to that of the other traffic so youdon't have to change speeds unneces-sarily. Avoid heavy traffic wheneverpossible. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from other vehicles so you canavoid unnecessary braking. This alsoreduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your car uses.Driving at a moderate speed, especial-ly on the highway, is one of the mosteffective ways to reduce fuel consump-tion.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This canincrease fuel consumption and alsoincrease wear on these components.In addition, driving with your foot rest-ing on the brake pedal may cause thebrakes to overheat, which reducestheir effectiveness and may lead tomore serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your car in good condition. Forbetter fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your carin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in section 7. If you drive yourcar in severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required (see section 7for details).

• Keep your car clean. For maximum serv-ice, your vehicle should be kept cleanand free of corrosive materials. It isespecially important that mud, dirt, ice,etc. not be allowed to accumulate on theunderside of the car. This extra weightcan result in increased fuel consumptionand also contribute to corrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your car. Weight reduces fueleconomy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 36

5 37


• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in too higha gear resulting in the engine bucking.If this happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeeds.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer perform scheduledinspections and maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 37


385

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, orother non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction when stalledin ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle tofree it from snow, sand, or mud, first turnthe steering wheel right and left to clearthe area around your front wheels. Then,shift back and forth between 1st (First)and R (Reverse) in vehicles equippedwith a manual transaxle or R (Reverse)and any forward gear in vehiclesequipped with an automatic transaxle.Do not race the engine, and spin thewheels as little as possible. If you are stillstuck after a few tries, have the vehiclepulled out by a tow vehicle to avoidengine overheating and possible dam-age to the transaxle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

1JBB3302

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine over-heating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tire damage.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 38

5 39


✽✽ NOTICEThe ESC system should be turned OFFprior to rocking the vehicle. Smooth cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 35 mph (56km/h). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damagethat may injure bystanders.

OBH058035L OMC035004

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 39


405

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

Driving off-roadDrive carefully off-road because yourvehicle may be damaged by rocks ofroots of trees. Become familiar with theoff-road conditions where you are goingto drive before you begin driving.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 40

5 41


Highway drivingTiresAdjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oilHigh speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

Drive belt

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check tires for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tire pressures, refer to “Tiresand wheels” in section 8.

• Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tire tread before driving yourcar. For further information andtread limits, refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 7.

OMG015008

CAUTIONA loose or damaged drive belt mayresult in overheating of the engine.Inspect your drive belt for propertension, or have your Hyundai deal-er inspect this at the normal serviceintervals listed in section 7.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 41


425

More severe weather conditions of winterresult in greater wear and other prob-lems. To minimize winter driving problem,you should follow these suggestions:

Snowy or icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires or toinstall tire chains on your tires. If snowtires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to do somay adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli-cations, and sharp turns are potentiallyvery hazardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tire chains on the tire willprovide a greater driving force, but willnot prevent side skids.

✽✽ NOTICETire chains are not legal in all states.Check state laws before fitting tirechains.

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

1JBB3305

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 42

5 43


Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner, they can be damaged by mount-ing some types of snow chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tires is rec-ommended instead of snow chains. Donot mount tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels; snowchains may cause damage to the wheels.If snow chains must be used, use gen-uine HYUNDAI parts and install the tirechain after going over the instruction.Damage to your vehicle caused byimproper snow chain use is not coveredby your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty.When using tire chains, install them onthe front tires only.

Chain installation When installing chains, follow the manu-facturer's instructions and mount them astightly as you can. Drive slowly withchains installed. If you hear the chainscontacting the body or chassis, stop andtighten them. If they still make contact,slow down until it stops. Remove thechains as soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.

CAUTION• Make sure the snow chains are

the correct size and type for yourtires. Incorrect snow chains cancause damage to the vehicle bodyand suspension and may not becovered by your vehicle manufac-turer warranty. Also, the snowchain connecting hooks may bedamaged from contacting vehiclecomponents causing the snowchains to come loose from thetire. Make sure the snow chainsare SAE class “S” certified.

• Always check chain installationfor proper mounting after drivingapproximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5to 1 km) to ensure safe mounting.Retighten or remount the chainsif they are loose.

WARNING - Mounting chains

When mounting snow chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning flashers and placea triangular emergency warningdevice behind the vehicle if avail-able. Always place the vehicle in P(Park), apply the parking brake andturn off the engine before installingsnow chains.

1JBA4068

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 43


445

Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer or a service station.

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 8for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

WARNING - Tire chains• The use of chains may adversely

affect vehicle handling.• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)

or the chain manufacturer’s rec-ommended speed limit, whichev-er is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, sharp turns, and otherroad hazards, which may causethe vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel braking.

CAUTION• Chains that are the wrong size or

improperly installed can damageyour vehicle's brake lines, sus-pension, body and wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten thechains any time you hear themhitting the vehicle.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 44

5 45


To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and most auto parts outlets. Donot use engine coolant or other types ofanti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk of the parkingbrake freezing, apply it only temporarilywhile you put the shift lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the car to be sure the move-ment of the front wheels and the steeringcomponents is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er where you drive your car, you shouldcarry appropriate emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want to carryinclude tire chains, tow straps or chains,flashlight, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a window scraper,gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket,etc.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:58 PM Page 45


465

Tire and loading information labelThe label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

Vehicle capacity weight:849 lbs. (385 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OMD050040N/OMD050041N/OMD050042N/OMD050043N/OMD050044N/OMD050045N

Type A

Type B

Type C

Type D

Type E

Type F

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:59 PM Page 46

5 47


Seating capacity:Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity:We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants.

Steps For Determining Correct LoadLimit -1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 1400lbs. and there will be five 150 lbpassengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and lug-gage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of yourvehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEWe do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:59 PM Page 47


485

C190F03JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 849 lbs

Weight (385 kg)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 815 lbs

163 lbs (74 kg) × 5(370 kg)

CAvailable Cargo and 34 lbs

Luggage weight (15 kg)

A B C

Example 3

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weightand seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle'scapacity weight.

C190F01JM




B Weight 300 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 2(136 kg)



Example 1

A B C

C190F02JM




B Weight 750 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 5(340 kg)



A B C

Example 2

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:59 PM Page 48

5 49


Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pillar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

OBH059070

WARNING - Over loading• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage.You can calculate theweight of your load by weigh-ing the items (or people)before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not load your vehicle any

heavier than the GVWR, eitherthe maximum front or rearGAWR and vehicle capacityweight. If you do, parts,including tires on your vehiclecan break, and it can changethe way your vehicle handlesand its braking ability.Overloading could cause youto lose control and crash.Also, overloading can shortenthe life of your vehicle.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:59 PM Page 49


505

WARNING• Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possibletire failure that could lead to acrash.

• Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to acrash.

• A crash resulting from poorhandling, vehicle damage, tirefailure, or increased stoppingdistances could result in seri-ous injury or death.

WARNING - Loose cargoItems you carry inside yourvehicle can strike and injureoccupants in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Never stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

• Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.

CAUTION• Overloading your vehicle may

cause damage. Repairs wouldnot be covered by your warran-ty. Do not overload your vehicle.

• Using heavier suspension com-ponents to get added durabilitymight not change your weightratings. Ask your dealer to helpyou load your vehicle the rightway.

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:59 PM Page 50

5 51


This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle, to keep yourloaded vehicle weight within its designrating capability. Properly loading yourvehicle will provide maximum return ofthe vehicle design performance. Beforeloading your vehicle, familiarize yourselfwith the following terms for determiningyour vehicle's weight ratings, from thevehicle's specifications and the certifica-tion label:

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe certification label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver’sdoor sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT

UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:59 PM Page 51

We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

TRAILER TOWING

5 52


UD HMA 5.qxp 4/2/2012 6:59 PM Page 52

6

Road warning / 6-2In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2If the engine will not start / 6-3Emergency starting / 6-4If the engine overheats / 6-6Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-7If you have a flat tire (with spare tire) / 6-12If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit) / 6-20Towing / 6-26


UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 1


26

ROAD WARNING

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

If the engine stalls at a crossroador crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push the vehi-cle to a safe place.

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the car slow down while drivingstraight ahead. Do not apply the brakesimmediately or attempt to pull off theroad as this may cause a loss of con-trol. When the car has slowed to sucha speed that it is safe to do so, brakecarefully and pull off the road. Drive offthe road as far as possible and park onfirm, level ground. If you are on a divid-ed highway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYWHILE DRIVING

OMD060001N

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 2

6 3


2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers, setthe parking brake and put the transaxlein P (automatic transaxle) or reverse(manual transaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of the car.Be sure they all get out on the side ofthe car that is away from traffic.

4.When repairing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

If engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

✽✽ NOTICEIf there was a check engine light and lossof power or stall, it is best if safe to do soto wait at least 10 seconds to restart avehicle after it stalls. This may reset thecar so it will no longer run at low power(limp home) condition.

If engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your vehicle has an automatic

transaxle, be sure the shift lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK

position, check all connectors at igni-tion coils and spark plugs. Reconnectany that may be disconnected orloose.

3. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, do notpush or pull the vehicle to start it.This could result in a collision orcause other damage. In addition,push or pull starting may cause thecatalytic converter to be over-loaded and create a fire hazard.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 3


46

EMERGENCY STARTING

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow the jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.If these instructions are not fol-lowed exactly, serious personalinjury and damage to the vehiclemay occur! If you are not surehow to follow this procedure,seek qualified assistance.Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive. When jumpstarting, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on thecar.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

1VQA4001

Jumper terminal

Jumper Cables

Boosterbattery

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 4

6 5


Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalon the booster battery (2). Proceed toconnect one end of the other jumpercable to the negative terminal of thebooster battery (3), then the other endto a solid, stationary, metallic point (forexample, the engine lifting bracket)away from the battery (4). Do not con-nect it to or near any part that moveswhen the engine is cranked.

Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

To charge the discharged batteryenough, it is recommended to let theengine at idle or to drive the vehicle for acertain period of time.If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Push-starting Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicleshould not be push-started because itmight damage the emission control sys-tem.Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 5


66

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or neutral (manual transaxle)and set the parking brake. If the air con-ditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe car or steam is coming out fromthe hood, stop the engine. Do not openthe hood until the coolant has stoppedrunning or the steaming has stopped.If there is no visible loss of enginecoolant and no steam, leave theengine running and check to be surethe engine cooling fan is operating. Ifthe fan is not running, turn the engineoff.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the car. (If the air con-ditioning had been in use, it is normalfor cold water to be draining from itwhen you stop.)

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest authorized HYUNDAI dealerfor assistance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.WARNING

While the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This mayresult in coolant being blown out ofthe opening and cause seriousburns.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 6

6 7


TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS, IF EQUIPPED)

(1) Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. Whenthe system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximate-ly one minute and then remain con-tinuously illuminated. This sequencewill continue upon subsequent vehi-cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-tion exists. When the malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signallow tire pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to function proper-ly.

OMD060002

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 7


86

✽✽ NOTICEIf the TPMS indicator does not illu-minate for 3 seconds when the igni-tion switch is turned to the ON posi-tion or engine is running, or if itcomes on after blinking for approxi-mately one minute, take your car toyour nearest authorized HYUNDAIdealer and have the system checked.

Low tire pressure tell-tale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicator is illuminat-ed, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated.If the telltale illuminates, immediatelyreduce your speed, avoid hard cor-nering and anticipate increased stop-ping distances. You should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible.Inflate the tires to the proper pres-sure as indicated on the vehicle’splacard or tire inflation pressure labellocated on the driver’s side center pil-lar outer panel. If you cannot reach aservice station or if the tire cannothold the newly added air, replace thelow pressure tire with the spare tire.Then the Low Tire Pressure telltalemay flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuouslyilluminated after restarting and about20 minutes of continuous drivingbefore you have the low pressure tirerepaired and replaced on the vehicle.

CAUTIONIn winter or cold weather, thelow tire pressure telltale may beilluminated if the tire pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunction-ing because the decreased tem-perature leads to a proportionallowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tire inflationpressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflationpressure.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 8

6 9


TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicator willilluminate after it blinks for approxi-mately one minute when there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System. If the system isable to correctly detect an under infla-tion warning at the same time as sys-tem failure then it will illuminate theTPMS malfunction indicator.Have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible to determine the causeof the problem.

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

CAUTION• The TPMS malfunction indica-

tor may be illuminated if thevehicle is moving around elec-tric power supply cables orradios transmitter such as atpolice stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtowers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may illuminate if snowchains or some separatelypurchased devices such asnotebook computers, mobilecharger, remote starter, navi-gation etc. are used in thevehicle.This can interfere withnormal operation of the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS).

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 9


106

Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure will come on. Have the flattire repaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble or replace the flat tire with thespare tire.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Even if you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, the Low TirePressure Telltale will blink or remainon until the low pressure tire isrepaired and placed on the vehicle.After you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, the Low TirePressure Telltale may blink or illumi-nate after a few minutes because theTPMS sensor mounted on the sparewheel is not initiated.Once the low pressure tire is reinflat-ed to the recommended pressureand installed on the vehicle or theTPMS sensor mounted on thereplaced spare wheel is initiated byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer, theTPMS malfunction indicator and thelow tire pressure telltale will extin-guish within a few minutes of driving.If the indicator is not extinguishedafter a few minutes of driving, pleasevisit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONIf original mounted tire isreplaced with the spare tire, theTPMS sensor on the replacedspare wheel should be initiatedand the TPMS sensor on theoriginal mounted wheel shouldbe deactivated by a HYUNDAIdealer. If the TPMS sensor on theoriginal mounted wheel locatedin the spare tire carrier still acti-vates, the tire pressure monitor-ing system may not operateproperly. Have the tire with TPMSserviced or replaced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONNever use a puncture-repairingagent not approved by HYUNDAIto repair and/or inflate a lowpressure tire.The tire sealant notapproved by HYUNDAI may dam-age the tire pressure sensor.The sealant on the tire pressuresensor and wheel shall be elim-inated when you replace the tirewith a new one.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 10

6 11


You may not be able to identify a lowtire by simply looking at it. Alwaysuse a good quality tire pressuregauge to measure the tire's inflationpressure. Please note that a tire thatis hot (from being driven) will have ahigher pressure measurement than atire that is cold.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3hour period.Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.

This device complies with Part 15of the FCC rules.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2.This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.

CAUTIONDo not use any tire sealantexcept the Tire Mobility Kitapproved by HYUNDAI if yourvehicle is equipped with a TirePressure Monitoring System.The liquid sealant can damagethe tire pressure sensors.

WARNING - ProtectingTPMS

Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) com-ponents may interfere with thesystem's ability to warn the driv-er of low tire pressure condi-tions and/or TPMS malfunctions.Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) com-ponents may void the warrantyfor that portion of the vehicle.

WARNING - TPMS• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-age caused by external fac-tors such as nails or roaddebris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road. CAUTION

Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 11


126

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE, IF EQUIPPED)

Jack and toolsThe jack, jack handle, and wheel lugnut wrench are stored in the luggagecompartment. Pull up the luggagebox cover to reach this equipment.(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

WARNING - Changing tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on level firm ground.If you cannot find a firm, levelplace off the road, call a tow-ing service company forassistance.

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; never usethe bumpers or any other partof the vehicle for jack support.

• The vehicle can easily roll offthe jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

(Continued)

OMD060003

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 12

6 13


Removing and storing the sparetire Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into R

(Reverse) with manual transaxleor P (Park) with automatictransaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

OYF069005N

(Continued)• Do not start or run the engine

while the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

OBH068002L

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 13


146

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6. Insert the jack handle into thegroove of the wheel cap and prygently to remove the wheel cap (Ifequipped).

1JBA6504

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle beblocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

OMD062006

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 14

6 15


7. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

8. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame.

9. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 1.2 in (30 mm).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

OMD060009

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OYF069019N OMD060008

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 15


166

10. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

11. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight.The nuts should be installedwith their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetire to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

12. Lower the car to the ground byturning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise.

WARNINGWheels may have sharp edges.Handle them carefully to avoidpossible severe injury. Beforeputting the wheel into place, besure that there is nothing on thehub or wheel (such as mud, tar,gravel, etc.) that prevents thewheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If there isnot good contact on the mount-ing surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 16

6 17


Then position the wrench as shownin the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle. Go around the wheel tighteningevery other nut until they are all tight.Then double-check each nut fortightness. After changing wheels,have an authorized HYUNDAI dealertighten the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:65~79 lb·ft (9~11 kg·m)

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust ituntil it is correct. Always reinstall thevalve cap after checking or adjustingtire pressure. If the cap is notreplaced, air may leak from the tire. Ifyou lose a valve cap, buy another andinstall it as soon as possible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

OUN046019

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 17


186

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Important - use of compact spare tire(if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with acompact spare tire, it will take up lessspace than a regular-size tire. Thistire is smaller than a conventional tireand is designed for temporary useonly.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 60 psi (420 kPa).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tires and wheels” sec-tion 8.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over50 mph (80 km/h). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 18

6 19


When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should you

exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a higherspeed could damage the tire.

• Ensure that you drive slowly enoughfor the road conditions to avoid allhazards. Any road hazard, such as apothole or debris, could seriouslydamage the compact spare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately 1inch (25 mm), which could result indamage to the vehicle.

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use tire chains on the com-pact spare tire. Because of the small-er size, a tire chain will not fit proper-ly. This could damage the vehicleand result in loss of the chain.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread life isshorter than a regular tire. Inspectyour compact spare tire regularlyand replace worn compact sparetires with the same size and design,mounted on the same wheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 19


206

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (TIRE MOBILITY KIT, IF EQUIPPED)

For safe operation, carefully readand follow the instructions in thismanual before use.(1) Compressor(2) Sealant bottleThe Tire Mobility Kit is a temporaryfix to the tire and the tire should beinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.

IntroductionWith the Tire Mobility Kit you staymobile even after experiencing a tirepuncture.The system of compressor and seal-ing compound effectively and com-fortably seals most punctures in apassenger car tire caused by nails orsimilar objects and reinflates the tire.After you ensured that the tire isproperly sealed you can drive cau-tiously on the tire (distance up to 200km (120 miles)) at a max. speed of(80 km/h (50mph)) in order to reacha service station or tire dealer for thetire replacement.

CAUTION - One sealant forone tire

When two or more tires are flat,do not use the tire mobility kitbecause the supported onesealant of Tire Mobility Kit isonly used for one flat tire.

WARNING - Tire wallDo not use the Tire Mobility Kitto repair punctures in the tirewalls. This can result in an acci-dent due to tire failure.

WARNING - Temporary fixHave your tire repaired as soonas possible. The tire may loseair pressure at any time afterinflating with the Tire MobilityKit.

OYN069010 OYN069018

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 20

6 21


It is possible that some tires, espe-cially with larger punctures or dam-age to the sidewall, cannot be sealedcompletely.Air pressure loss in the tire mayadversely affect tire performance.For this reason, you should avoidabrupt steering or other drivingmaneuvers, especially if the vehicle isheavily loaded or if a trailer is in use.The Tire Mobility Kit is not designedor intended as a permanent tirerepair method and is to be used forone tire only.This instruction shows you step bystep how to temporarily seal thepuncture simply and reliably.Read the section "Notes on the safeuse of the Tire Mobility Kit".

Notes on the safe use of the TireMobility Kit• Park your car at the side of the

road so that you can work with theTire Mobility Kit away from movingtraffic.

• To be sure your vehicle will notmove, even when you're on fairlylevel ground, always set your park-ing brake.

• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit forsealing/inflation passenger cartires. Only punctured areas locatedwithin the tread region of the tirecan be sealed using the tire mobil-ity kit.

• Do not use on motorcycles, bicy-cles or any other type of tires.

• When the tire and wheel are dam-aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kitfor your safety.

• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may notbe effective for tire damage largerthan approximately 0.24 in (6 mm).Please contact the nearestHYUNDAI dealership if the tirecannot be made roadworthy withthe Tire Mobility Kit.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if atire is severely damaged by drivingrun flat or with insufficient air pres-sure.

• Do not remove any foreign objectssuch as nails or screws that havepenetrated the tire.

• Provided the car is outdoors, leavethe engine running. Otherwiseoperating the compressor mayeventually drain the car battery.

• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kitunattended while it is being used.

• Do not leave the compressor run-ning for more than 10 min. at a timeor it may overheat.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit ifthe ambient temperature is below -22°F (-30°C).

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 21


226

0. Speed restriction label1. Sealant bottle and label with

speed restriction2. Filling hose from sealant bottle to

wheel3. Connectors and cable for the

power outlet direct connection

4. Holder for the sealant bottle5. Compressor6. On/off switch7. Pressure gauge for displaying the

tire inflation pressure8. Screw cap for reducing tire infla-

tion pressure

9. Hose to connect compressor andsealant bottle or compressor andwheel

Connectors, cable and connectionhose are stored in the compressorhousing.

Strictly follow the specifiedsequence, otherwise the sealantmay escape under high pressure.

Components of the Tire Mobility KitOAM060015L

WARNING - Expiredsealant

Do not use the Tire sealant afterthe sealant has expired (i.e.pasted the expiration date onthe sealant container). This canincrease the risk of tire failure.

WARNING - Sealant• Keep out of reach of children.• Avoid contact with eyes.• Do not swallow.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 22

6 23


Using the Tire Mobility Kit1. Detach the speed restriction label

(0) from the sealant bottle (1), andplace it in a highly visible placeinside the vehicle such as on thesteering wheel to remind the driv-er not to drive too fast.

2. Screw connection hose (9) ontothe connector of the sealant bottle.

3. Ensure that screw cap (8) isclosed.

4. Unscrew the valve cap from thevalve of the flat tire and screw fill-ing hose (2) of the sealant bottleonto the valve.

5. Insert the sealant bottle into thehousing (4) of the compressor sothat the bottle is upright.

6. Ensure that the compressor isswitched off, position 0.

7. Plug the compressor power cordinto the vehicle power outlet.

8. With the engine start/stop buttonposition on or ignition switch posi-tion on, switch on the compressorand let it run for approximately 5~7minutes to fill the sealant up toproper pressure. (refer to the Tireand Wheels, chapter 8). The infla-tion pressure of the tire after fillingis unimportant and will bechecked/corrected later.Be careful not to overinflate the tireand stay away from the tire whenfilling it.

9. Switch off the compressor.10. Detach the hoses from the

sealant bottle connector andfrom the tire valve.

Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor-age location in the vehicle.

OYN069018

CAUTION - Tire pressureDo not attempt to drive yourvehicle if the tire pressure isbelow 29 PSI(200kpa). Thiscould result in an accident dueto sudden tire failure.

WARNING - Carbonmonoxide

Do not leave your vehicle run-ning in a poorly ventilated areafor extended periods of time.Carbon monoxide poisoningand suffocation can occur.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 23


246

Distributing the sealant11. Immediately drive approximately

4~6miles (7~10km or, about10min) to evenly distribute thesealant in the tire.

Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph(80 km/h). If possible, do not fallbelow a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).While driving, if you experience anyunusual vibration, ride disturbance ornoise, reduce your speed and drivewith caution until you can safely pulloff of the side of the road.Call for road side service or towing.When you use the Tire Mobility Kit,the tire pressure sensors and wheelmay be damaged by sealant, removethe sealant stained with tire pressuresensors and wheel and inspect at anauthorized dealer.

Checking the tire inflation pres-sure1.After driving approximately 4

~6miles(7~10km or about 10min),stop at a safety location.

2.Connect connection hose (9) of thecompressor directly to the tirevalve.

3.Plug the compressor power cordinto the vehicle power outlet.

4.Adjust the tire inflation pressure tothe recommended tire inflation.With the ignition switched on, pro-ceed as follows.- To increase the inflation pres-

sure : Switch on the compressor,position I. To check the currentinflation pressure setting, brieflyswitch off the compressor.

✽✽ NOTICEThe pressure gauge may show high-er than actual reading when thecompressor is running. To get anaccurate tire pressure, the compres-sor needs to be turned off.

- To reduce the inflation pres-sure: Loosen the screw cap (8)on the compressor hose.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 24

6 25


Technical DataSystem voltage: DC 12 VWorking voltage: DC 10 - 15 VAmperage rating: max. 15 ASuitable for use at temperatures:

-22 ~ +158°F (-30 ~ +70°C)Max. working pressure:

87 psi (6 bar)Size Compressor: 6.7 x 5.9 x 2.4 in.

(170 x 150 x 60 mm)Sealant bottle: 3.3 x 3.0 ø in.

(85 x 77 ø mm)Compressor weight:

1.8 lbs (0.8 kg)Sealant volume:

12.2 cu. in. (200 ml)

CAUTION - Tire pressuresensor

When you use the Tire MobilityKit including sealant notapproved by HYUNDAI, the tirepressure sensors may be dam-aged by sealant. The sealant onthe tire pressure sensor andwheel should be removed whenyou replace the tire with a newone and inspect the tire pressuresensors at an authorized dealer.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 25


266

TOWING

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized Hyundai dealer or a commercialtow-truck service. Proper lifting and tow-ing procedures are necessary to preventdamage to the vehicle. The use of wheeldollies or flatbed is recommended.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with therear wheels on the ground (without dol-lies) and the front wheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

OMC045012

dolly

A

B

C

CAUTION• Do not tow with sling-type equip-

ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

• Do not tow the vehicle backwardswith the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

HXD02

HXD03

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 26

6 27


When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

Removable towing hook (if equipped)1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the

towing hook from the tool case.2. Remove the hole cover pressing the

lower part of the cover on the bumper.3. Install the towing hook by turning it

clockwise into the hole until it is fullysecured.

4. Remove the towing hook and installthe cover after use.

Emergency towing (if equipped)If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorizedHyundai dealer or a commercial towtruck service.If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be temporar-ily towed using a cable or chain secured tothe emergency towing hook attached tothe front (or under the rear) of the vehicle.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle.

OMD060011N

OMD060007

Front

Rear

OMD060010

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 27


286

Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi-

cle out of mud, sand or other condi-tions from which the vehicle cannot bedriven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle cannot bemoved, do not forcibly continuethe towing. Contact an authorizedHyundai dealer or a commercialtow truck service for assistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 28

6 29


Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking bake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, it canbe towed only from the front. Besure that the transaxle is in neu-tral. Be sure the steering isunlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. Adriver must be in the towed vehi-cle to operate the steering andbrakes.

• To avoid serious damage to theautomatic transaxle, limit thevehicle speed to 10 mph (15 km/h)and drive less than 1 mile (1.5km) when towing.

• Before towing, check the auto-matic transaxle fluid leak underyour vehicle. If the automatictransaxle fluid is leaking, aflatbed equipment or towing dollymust be used.

UD HMA 6.qxp 4/2/2012 7:00 PM Page 29

7

Engine compartment / 7-2Maintenance services / 7-3Owner maintenance / 7-4Scheduled maintenance service / 7-6Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-18Engine oil / 7-21Engine coolant / 7-22Brake/clutch fluid / 7-25Washer fluid / 7-26Parking brake / 7-26Air cleaner / 7-27Climate control air filter / 7-28Wiper blades / 7-30Battery / 7-33Tires and wheels / 7-36Fuses / 7-49Light bulbs / 7-58

Appearance care / 7-67Emission control system / 7-73California perchlorate notice / 7-76

Maintenance

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 1

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OMD070047N

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine oil filler cap

2. Engine oil dipstick

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir

4. Positive battery terminal

5. Negative battery terminal

6. Fuse box

7. Air cleaner

8. Radiator cap

9. Engine coolant reservoir

10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

* : if equipped

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 2

7 3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized HYUNDAI dealerperform this work.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac-tory-trained technicians and genuineHYUNDAI parts to service your vehicleproperly. For expert advice and qualityservice, see an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Owner’s Handbook & WarrantyInformation booklet.Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’s highservice quality standards and receivestechnical support from HYUNDAI inorder to provide you with a high level ofservice satisfaction.

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer with specialtools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Owner’s Handbook & WarrantyInformation booklet provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 3

Maintenance

47

The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorized HYUNDAIdealer at the frequencies indicated tohelp ensure safe, dependable operationof your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check coolant level in coolant reser-

voir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

OWNER MAINTENANCE

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 4

7 5

Maintenance

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on a smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check automatic transaxle P (Park)function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall):• Check radiator, heater and air condi-

tioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check windshield washer spray and

wiper operation. Clean wiper bladeswith clean cloth dampened with wash-er fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields

and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

At least once a year:• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and checks, and

hood hinges.• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean battery and terminals.• Check the brake fluid level.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 5

Maintenance

67

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule ifthe vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply. Ifany of the following conditions apply, fol-low Maintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 90°F(32°C).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule.After 120 months or 150,000 miles(240,000 km) continue to follow the pre-scribed maintenance intervals.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 6

7 7

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.

15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months

❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads (if equipped)

(Continued)


❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Replace engine oil and filter(22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 36 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *3 (22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 36 months)


❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)❑ Add fuel additive *3 (7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)

(Continued)❑ Inspect rear brake drums/linings (if equipped)

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)


❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.*3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-

ommended. Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealeralong with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 7

Maintenance

87

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)


❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter (37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 60 months)


❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri-

odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends onfuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restric-tion, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filterimmediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for details.

*3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-ommended. Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealeralong with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.


❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads (if equipped)❑ Inspect rear brake drums/linings (if equipped)


❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid ❑ Inspect fuel filter *1

❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1

❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace air cleaner filter



UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 8

7 9

Maintenance


❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads (if equipped)❑ Inspect rear brake drums/linings (if equipped)


❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)








❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.*3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-


UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 9

Maintenance

107






❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect drive belts *2

(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace air cleaner filter






❑ Replace coolant(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 60 months after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)



❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but

periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule dependson fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flowrestriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuelfilter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

*2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reducedexcessively.


UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 10

7 11

Maintenance





❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)

❑ Inspect drive belts *2


❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)







❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.*2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced

excessively.*3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-


UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 11

Maintenance

127












❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap







periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule dependson fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flowrestriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuelfilter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for details.



UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 12

7 13

Maintenance





❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts



❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated)




❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)






UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 13

Maintenance

147







❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap




(Continued)









(Continued)❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 192 months)



UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 14

7 15

Maintenance





❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts



❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)










UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 15

Maintenance

167






❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)



(Continued)


No check, No service required

❑ Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)





(Continued)❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace air cleaner filter




UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 16

7 17

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA - Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal

temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperatureB - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold

weatherE - Driving in sandy areas

F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towingJ - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chartbelow for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS DRIVING CONDITION

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R EVERY 3,750 MILES (6,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K

AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY A, B, H, J, K

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM) A, C, E, F, G, I

MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 75,000 MILES (120,000 KM) A, C, E, F, G, I

FRONT BRAKE DISC/PADS, CALIPERS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

REAR BRAKE DISC/PADS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, F

PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALL JOINT

I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I EVERY 7,500 MILES (12,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS C, D, E, F, G, H, I

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 17

Maintenance

187

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSEngine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the car is beingdriven in severe conditions, more fre-quent oil and filter changes are required.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

Fuel filterA clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorized HYUNDAI dealer replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately.

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhosesInspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 18

7 19

Maintenance

Air cleaner filterA Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter isreplaced.

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

Cooling systemCheck cooling system components, suchas radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses andconnections for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged parts.

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)Automatic transaxle fluid should not bechecked under normal usage conditions.But in severe conditions, the fluid shouldbe changed at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer in accordance with the scheduledmaintenance at the beginning of thischapter.

✽✽ NOTICEAutomatic transaxle fluid color is basi-cally red. As the vehicle is driven, the automatictransaxle fluid will begin to look darker.This is a normal condition and youshould not judge the need to replace thefluid based upon the changed color.

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

Brake/clutch fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between“MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side ofthe reservoir. Use only hydraulic brakefluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4specification.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.Use only specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 19

Maintenance

207

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake pedal and cables.

Brake discs, pads, calipers androtorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

Exhaust pipe and mufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muf-fler and hangers for cracks, deterioration,or damage. Start the engine and listencarefully for any exhaust gas leakage.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 20

7 21

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

CAUTION• Do not overfill with engine oil.

Engine damage may result.• Do not spill engine oil, when

adding or changing engine oil. Ifyou spill the engine oil on theengine room, wipe it off immedi-ately.

OJK072002 OMD070003N

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 21

Maintenance

227

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at the begin-ning of this section.

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant.The reservoir is filled at the factory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, at thebeginning of the winter season, andbefore traveling to a colder climate.

Checking the coolant level


Engine oil contains chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer, birth defects, andreproductive harm.Used engine oil may cause irrita-tion or cancer of the skin if left incontact with the skin for prolongedperiods of time. Used engine oilcontains chemicals that havecaused cancer in laboratory ani-mals. Always protect your skin bywashing your hands thoroughlywith soap and warm water as soonas possible after handling used oil.

ENGINE COOLANT

WARNINGRemoving radiatorcap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage and could result in seri-ous personal injury from escap-ing hot coolant or steam.

(Continued)

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 22

7 23

Maintenance

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the side of thecoolant reservoir when the engine iscool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughdistilled (deionized) water. Bring the levelto F, but do not overfill. If frequent addi-tions are required, see an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for a cooling systeminspection.

OMD070004N

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until it

cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from the cool-ing system. When you are sure allthe pressure has been released,press down on the cap, using athick towel, and continue turningcounterclockwise to remove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

WARNING The electric motor(cooling fan) is con-trolled by enginecoolant temperature,refrigerant pressure

and vehicle speed. It may some-times operate even when theengine is not running. Use extremecaution when working near theblades of the cooling fan so thatyou are not injured by a rotating fanblades. As the engine coolant tem-perature decreases, the electricmotor will automatically shut off.This is a normal condition.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 23

Maintenance

247

Recommended engine coolant• When adding coolant, use only deion-

ized water or soft water for your vehicleand never mix hard water in thecoolant filled at the factory. An improp-er coolant mixture can result in seriousmalfunction or engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has aluminumengine parts and must be protected byan ethylene-glycol-based coolant to pre-vent corrosion and freezing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

WARNINGRadiator cap

Do not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

OMD070005N-1

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth or fabric aroundthe radiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts such as the generator.

5°F (-15°C) 35 65

-13°F (-25°C) 40 60

-31°F (-35°C) 50 50

-49°F (-45°C) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 24

7 25

Maintenance

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID

Checking the brake/clutch fluidlevel Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake/clutch fluid, clean the areaaround the reservoir cap thoroughly toprevent brake/clutch fluid contamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake linings.If the fluid level is excessively low, havethe brake system or clutch (if equipped)checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Use only the specified brake fluid. (Referto “Recommended lubricants or capaci-ties” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake/clutchfluid

When changing and adding brakefluid, handle it carefully. Do not let itcome in contact with your eyes. Ifbrake fluid should come in contactwith your eyes, immediately flushthem with a large quantity of freshtap water. Have your eyes examinedby a doctor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss of brake/clutch fluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONDo not allow brake fluid to contactthe vehicle's body paint, as paintdamage will result. Brake fluid,which has been exposed to open airfor an extended time should neverbe used as its quality cannot beguaranteed. It should be disposedof properly. Don't put in the wrongkind of fluid. A few drops of miner-al-based oil, such as engine oil, inyour brake system can damagebrake system parts.

OMD070006N

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 25

Maintenance

267

WASHER FLUID

Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that youcan check the level with a quick visualinspection.Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

Checking the parking brakeCheck the stroke of the parking brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhile fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 6~8 “clicks’’ at a force of 44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N).

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contactingwindshield washer fluid. Seriousinjury or death could occur.

OMD070007N OMD050014

PARKING BRAKE

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 26

7 27

Maintenance

AIR CLEANER

Filter replacement When replacement is necessary, itshould not be cleaned and reused.You can clean the filter when inspectingthe air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressed air.

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attachingclips and open the cover.

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.3. Replace the air cleaner filter.4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching

clips.

OMD070010 OMD070011 OMD070012

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 27

Maintenance

287

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usage condi-tions” in this section.)

Filter inspectionThe climate control air filter should bereplaced according to the MaintenanceSchedule. If the vehicle is operated inseverely air-polluted cities or on dustyrough roads for a long period, it shouldbe inspected more frequently andreplaced earlier. When you replace theclimate control air filter, replace it per-forming the following procedure, and becareful to avoid damaging other compo-nents.

Filter replacement1. With the glove box open, remove the

stoppers by turning them counter-clockwise on both sides.

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Useof non-genuine parts could dam-age the air flow sensor andengine.

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

OMD070013

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:01 PM Page 28

7 29

Maintenance

2. Remove the climate control air filtercover (2) while pressing the lock (1) onthe right of the cover.

3. Replace the climate control air filter.4. Reassemble in the reverse order of

disassembly.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen replacing the climate control airfilter install it properly. Otherwise, thesystem may produce noise and the effec-tiveness of the filter may be reduced.

OMD070015 OVG079016

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 29

Maintenance

307

WIPER BLADES

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

1JBA5122 CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 30

7 31

Maintenance

Front windshield wiper bladeType A1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

Front windshield wiper bladeType B1. Raise the wiper arm.

1LDA5023

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

■ Type A

OHM078059

■ Type B

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 31

Maintenance

327

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pulldown the blade assembly and removeit.

3. Install the new blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

OYF079061 OYF079062

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 32

7 33

Maintenance

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

BATTERY

OMD070016

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.

(Continued)

(Continued)

If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feel apain or a burning sensa-tion, get medical attentionimmediately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful tothe environment and humanhealth. Dispose the batteryaccording to your locallaw(s) or regulation.

• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

(Continued)

Pb

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 33

Maintenance

347

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.If the battery becomes discharged in ashort time (because, for example theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile vehicle was not in use) jump startthe vehicle from another battery and runthe engine at least 20 minutes at idlebefore driving. Do not turn off the enginefor 30 minutes total of idle and/or drivingas the battery may not have sufficientrecharge to start.CALIFORNIA PROPOSI-

TION 65 WARNINGBattery posts, terminals, and relat-ed accessories contain lead andlead compounds, chemicals knownto the State of California to causecancer, birth defects and reproduc-tive harm. Batteries also containother chemicals known to the Stateof California to cause cancer. Washhands after handling.

CAUTION• When you don’t use the vehicle

for a long time in the low temper-ature, remove the battery andstore it indoors.

• Always charge the battery fully toprevent the battery case frombeing damaged in low tempera-tures.

• If you connect unauthorized elec-tronic devices to the battery, thebattery may be discharged. Neveruse unauthorized devices.

(Continued)

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 34

7 35

Maintenance

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Auto up/down window (See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

WARNING• Before performing maintenance

or recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

• Operation related to the batteryshould be done at an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

• Disconnect the battery charger inthe following order.

1. Turn off the battery charger mainswitch.

2. Unhook the negative clamp fromthe negative battery terminal.

3. Unhook the positive clamp fromthe positive battery terminal.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 35

Maintenance

367

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less thanone mile (1.6 km).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, vehiclehandling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Severe underinflation can leadto severe heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OMD060012N

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 36

7 37

Maintenance

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure.You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1 mile (1.6 km).

WARNING - Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than one mile (1.6km) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41kPa). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 37

Maintenance

387

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly caus-ing poor handling, loss of vehi-cle control, and sudden tirefailure leading to accidents,injuries, and even death. Therecommended cold tire pres-sure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and onthe tire label located on the dri-ver's side center pillar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire.HYUNDAI recommends thatyou check the spare everytime you check the pressureof the other tires on your vehi-cle.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 38

7 39

Maintenance

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

OBH078040

Without a spare tireWARNING

• Do not use the compact sparetire (if equipped) for tire rota-tion.

• Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 39

Maintenance

407

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacingtires

To reduce the chance or seriousor fatal injuries from an acci-dent caused by tire failure orloss of vehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same car. You mustreplace all tires if moving fromradial to bias-ply tires.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Using tires and wheel other

than the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meetHYUNDAI’s specificationsmay fit poorly and result indamage to the vehicle orunusual handling and poorvehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tiresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4tires must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tires of a differ-ent size can cause the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) andESC (Electronic Stability Control) to work irregularly.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 40

7 41

Maintenance

Compact spare tire replacement (if equipped)A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handling char-acteristics, ground clearance,body-to-tire clearance, snowchain clearance, speedometerand odometer calibration, head-light aim and bumper height.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 41

Maintenance

427

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P195/65R15 94H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengercars or light trucks; however, notall tires have this marking).

195 - Tire width in millimeters.65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).15 - Rim diameter in inches.

94 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:6.0JX15

6.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.15 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 42

7 43

Maintenance

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger car tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1612 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2012.

S 112 mph (180 km/h)T 118 mph (190 km/h)H 130 mph (210 km/h)V 149 mph (240 km/h)Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattires generally be replaced aftersix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 43

Maintenance

447

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire man-ufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.Theletter "R" means radial ply construc-tion; the letter "D" means diagonal orbias ply construction; and the letter "B"means belted-bias ply construction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds that canbe carried by the tire. When replacingthe tires on the vehicle, always use atire that has the same load rating asthe factory installed tire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example: TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on speci-fied government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire marked Cmay have poor traction performance.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 44

7 45

Maintenance

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on the labora-tory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascal (kPa).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatictransaxle, power seats, and air con-ditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 45

Maintenance

467

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascals (kPa) before a tire has builtup heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: A code molded intothe sidewall of a tire signifying thatthe tire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation motorvehicle safety standards. The DOTcode includes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 150pounds (68 kg).

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 46

7 47

Maintenance

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and dividing by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

All season tires HYUNDAI specifies all season tireson some models to provide goodperformance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires HYUNDAI specifies summer tires onsome models to provide superiorperformance on dry roads. Summertire performance is substantiallyreduced in snow and ice. Summertires do not have the tire traction rat-ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tireside wall. if you plan to operate yourvehicle in snowy or icy conditions.HYUNDAI recommends the use ofsnow tires or all season tires on allfour wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28kPa) more air pressure than thepressure recommended for the stan-dard tires on the tire label on the dri-ver's side of the center pillar, or up tothe maximum pressure shown on thetire sidewall, whichever is less.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 47

Maintenance

487

Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120km/h) when your car is equipped withsnow tires.

Tire chainsTire chains, if necessary, should beinstalled on the front wheels.Be sure that the chains are installedin accordance with the manufactur-er's instructions.To minimize tire and chain wear, donot continue to use tire chains whenthey are no longer needed.

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity, as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size, and usethe same recommended inflationpressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended. Any combina-tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or biasbelted tires when used on the samevehicle will seriously deterioratevehicle handling. The best rule to fol-low is: Identical radial-ply tires shouldalways be used as a set of four.Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval shown in this sectionto achieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.

WARNING - Snow or ice • When driving on roads cov-

ered with snow or ice, drive atless than 20 mph (30 km/h).

• Use the SAE “S” class or wirechains.

• If you hear noise caused bychains contacting the body,retighten the chain to avoidcontact with the vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage,retighten the chains after driv-ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

• Do not use tire chains onvehicles equipped with alu-minum wheels. In unavoid-able circumstance, use a wiretype chain.

• Use wire chains less than 0.59inches (15 mm) to preventdamage to the chain’s con-nection.

CAUTIONSince the sidewalls of radialtires are thinner, they can bedamaged by mounting sometypes of snow chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tiresis recommended instead ofsnow chains.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 48

7 49

Maintenance

FUSES

A vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.

This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one locat-ed in the driver’s side panel bolster, theother in the engine compartment.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse will bemelted.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and multi fuse for higher amperage rat-ings.

✽✽ NOTICEThe actual fuse/relay panel label maydiffer from equipped items.

OLM079051N

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire or aluminumfoil instead of the proper fuse -even as a temporary repair. It maycause extensive wiring damageand a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Multi fuse

Main fuse

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

Normal Blown

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 49

Maintenance

507

Instrument panel fuse replace-ment1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigarette lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse panel in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OMD070017 OMD070018

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 50

7 51

Maintenance

Fuse switchAlways, put the fuse switch at the ONposition.If you move the switch to the OFF posi-tion, some items such as the audio anddigital clock must be reset and the trans-mitter (or smart key) may not work prop-erly.

Fuse switch messageIf the fuse switch is in the OFF positionthe message "FUSE" and "ON" blinks inturns to inform the driver to turn on thefuse switch.

Engine compartment fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling up.

OMD070019 OMD070020

CAUTIONAlways place the fuse switch in theON position while driving the vehi-cle.

OMD042207N

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 51

Maintenance

527

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Main fuseIf the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.3. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.4. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.5. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

Multi fuseIf the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Remove the fuse panel in the engine

compartment.2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the main or multi fuse is blown, con-sult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse panel in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse panel cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater contact.

OMD070021 OMD070022

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 52

7 53

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse panel in yourvehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

Inner panel fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel

Engine room (battery terminal cover)

Fuse/relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

OMD070023/OMD070024/OMD070025

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 53

Maintenance

547

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)Description Fuse rating Protected component

START 7.5AW/O Smart Key : ICM Relay Box(Burglar Alarm Relay), With Smart Key : A/T - Transaxle Range Switch,M/T - ECM, E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Start 1 Relay), Smart Key Control Module

A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Weight Classification Sensor

A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster

MDPS 7.5A EPS Control Module

POWER OUTLET FRT 15A Power Outlet

BCM 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, BCM

A/CON SWITCH 7.5A A/C Control Module

MODULE 2 7.5A Electro Chromic Mirror, ESC Off Switch

SPARE 10A -

MODULE 4 7.5A Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH (IN/OUT), A/C Control Module(Auto A/C), ATM Lever Indicator

IG1 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Fuse - TCU 1, B/UP LP, ECU 3, ABS 3)

PDM 3 7.5A Smart Key Control Module

C/LIGHTER 20A Cigarette Lighter

MODULE 6 10A AMP, Power Outside Mirror Switch, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Digital Clock

HTD MIRR 10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module

MODULE 3 7.5AAudio, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Digital Clock, BCM, Instrument Cluster, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module

BRAKE SWITCH 10A -

AMP 2 20A AMP

SUNROOF 15A Sunroof

SPARE 15A -

SPARE 15A -

BLOWER 10A Manual A/C - A/C Control Module, ECM/PCM, Blower Resistor

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 54

7 55

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component

INTERIOR LAMP 10ALuggage Lamp, Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Ignition Key Ill. & Door Warning Switch(W/O Smart Key)

TRUNK 10A Trunk Relay

MODULE 1 7.5A Sport Mode Switch(A/T), Key Solenoid(W/O Smart Key)

SPARE 15A -

S/HEATER RR 15A Rear Seat Warmer Switch LH/RH

MODULE 7 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, BCM

CLUSTER 10A ISG_LDC_AUDIO, CLUSTER (ISG)

MULTMEDIA 1 20A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit

P/WDW RH 25A P/WDW RH Relay

PDM 2 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Start Stop Button Switch

SPARE 10A -

WIPER FRT 25AICM Relay Box(Rain Sensor Relay), Multifunction Switch, Wiper Motor, E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Wiper Relay)

MODULE 5 7.5A Cluster Ionizer(Auto A/C), Rain Sensor, Sunroof

MULTIMEDIA 2 7.5A -

AMP 1 25A AMP

PDM 1 25A Smart Key Control Module

SPARE 20A -

A/CON 7.5A A/C Control Module, E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Blower Relay)

MEMORY 10ATire Pressure Monitoring Module, BCM, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Instrument Cluster, Data Link Connector, Smart Junction Box Upgrade Connector, Electro Chromic Mirror,A/C Control Module, Digital Clock

P/WDW LH 25A P/WDW LH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module

DR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box(Two Turn Relay)

P/SEAT DRV 30A Driver Seat Manual Switch

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 55

Maintenance

567

Engine compartment main fuse panel


MULTI FUSE

MDPS 80A EPS Control Module

B+1 60A Smart Junction Box(ARISU 1 (4CH), IPS 1, FUSE - P/WDW LH, P/WDW RH, TRUNK, AMP 1)

C/FAN 40A C/FAN Lo Relay, C/FAN Hi Relay

ABS 1 40A ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

RR HTD 40A RR HTD Relay

BLOWER 40A Blower Relay

SPARE 40A -

B+2 60ASmart Junction Box(Turn Signal Lamp Sound Relay, ARISU 2 (4CH), IPS (1CH), IPS (2CH), FUSE - P/SEAT DRV, SUNROOF)

FUSE

B/UP LAMP 10AElectro Chromic Mirror, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Rear Combination Lamp (In) LH/RH,M/T - Back-Up Lamp Switch, BCM, Instrument Cluster

TCU 1 15A M/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor, A/T - Transaxle Range Switch


ECU 3 10A Stop Lamp Switch, M/T - ECM, A/T - PCM

WIPER 10A Rain Sensor, M/T - ECM, A/T - PCM

B+3 50ASmart Junction Box (Leak Current Autocut Device, FUSE - MODULE 1, PDM 1, PDM 2, DR LOCK)

EMS 40A EMS Box(Engine Control Relay, FUSE - ECU 4, A/CON, F/PUMP)

ISG INVERTER 50A Oil Pump Inverter

STOP LP 15A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module

S/HEATER FRT 20A Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module

HORN 15A Horn Relay

IG 2 40AW/O Smart Key : Ignition Switch, Start 1 Relay, With Smart Key : PDM 4 (IG2) Relay, Start 1 Relay


UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 56

7 57

Maintenance


FUSE

IG 1 40AW/O Smart Key : Ignition Switch, With Smart Key : PDM 3 (IG1) Relay, PDM 2 (ACC) Relay

F/PUMP 15A F/PUMP Relay

ECU 4 15A PCM (A/T), ECM (M/T)

A/CON 10A A/C COMP Relay

INJECTOR 10A Injector #1 / #2 / #3 / #4, A/C COMP Relay, F/PUMP Relay

ECU 2 10A PCM (A/T), ECM (M/T)

IGN COIL 1 20A Ignition Coil #1 / #2 / #3 / #4, Condenser

ECU 1 20A -

SENSOR 2 10A Immobilizer Module, Camshaft Position Sensor #1 / #2

SENSOR 1 10AOxygen Sensor (UP/DOWN), Canister Close Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, OilControl Valve #1 / #2, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, C/FAN LO Relay, C/FAN HI Relay

SPARE 10A -

SPARE 15A -

SPARE 20A -

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 57

Maintenance

587

LIGHT BULBS

Use only bulbs of the specified wattage.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter heavy, driving rain or washing,headlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is caused bythe temperature difference between thelamp inside and outside. This is similarto the condensation on your windowsinside your vehicle during the rain anddoesn’t indicate a problem with yourvehicle. If the water leaks into the lampbulb circuitry, have the vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Working onthe lights

Prior to working on the light, firmlyapply the parking brake, ensurethat the ignition switch is turned tothe LOCK position and turn off thelights to avoid sudden movementof the vehicle and burning your fin-gers or receiving an electric shock.

CAUTIONBe sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the fuse or electricwiring system.

CAUTIONIf you don’t have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer. In many cases, it is difficultto replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehiclemust be removed before you canget to the bulb. This is especiallytrue if you have to remove the head-light assembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

CAUTIONIf your vehicle is equipped withHigh Intensity Discharge (HID)headlights, these headlights con-tain mercury. So if you need to haveyour vehicle disposed, you shouldremove the HID Headlights beforedisposal. The removed HID head-lights should be recycled, re-usedor disposed as hazardous waste.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 58

7 59

Maintenance

Headlight, position light, turn sig-nal light, side marker light andfront fog light bulb replacement(1) Headlight (High)(2) Headlight (Low)(3) Front turn signal light / Position light(4) Side marker(5) Front fog light (if equipped)

(Continued)• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cooldown before handling it.

OMD070053N

WARNING - Halogen bulbs• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-

ized gas that will produce flyingpieces of glass if broken.

• Always handle them carefully,and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids. Never touchthe glass with bare hands.Residual oil may cause the bulbto overheat and burst when lit. Abulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.

(Continued)

OMD070026

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 59

Maintenance

607

1. Open the hood.2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.3. Loosen the screws with a screwdriver.4. Pull the headlight assembly out to the

front of the vehicle.5. Disconnect the power connector(s)

from the back of the headlight assem-bly.

Headlight bulb (low, high)6. Remove the headlight bulb cover by

turning it counterclockwise.7. Disconnect the headlight bulb socket-

connector.8. Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining

wire by depressing the end and push-ing it upward.

9. Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly.

10. Install a new headlight bulb and snapthe headlight bulb retaining wire intoposition by aligning the wire with thegroove on the bulb.

11. Connect the headlight bulb socket-connector.

12. Install the headlight bulb cover byturning it clockwise.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the headlight aiming adjustment isnecessary after the headlight assembly isreinstalled, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OMD070027N OMD070028N

Low High

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 60

7 61

Maintenance

Front turn signal bulbFollow steps 1 to 5 from previous page.6.Remove the socket from the assembly

by turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

7.Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.

8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into thesocket and rotating it until it locks intoplace.

9. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

10.Reinstall the light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

Front side markerFollow steps 1 to 5 from previous page.6. Remove the socket from the assembly


7. Remove the bulb from the socket bypulling out the bulb.

8. Insert a new bulb.9. Install the socket in the assembly by

aligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

10. Reinstall the light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

Fog light bulbs (if equipped)If the light bulb is not operating, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OMD070055N

Side marker

Turn signal

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:02 PM Page 61

Maintenance

627

Side repeater light bulb replace-ment (if equipped)If the light bulb is not operating, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Rear combination light bulbreplacement(1) Tail light(2) Back-up light(3) Tail light(4) Rear turn signal light(5) Stop / tail light(6) Side marker

Outside light1. Open the trunk lid.2. Remove the service cover by pulling out

the service cover.

OMD070032OMD070031OMD070030

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:03 PM Page 62

7 63

Maintenance

3. Loosen the assembly retaining nuts.4. Remove the rear combination light

assembly from the body of the vehicle.

Stop/Tail light and turn signal light5. Remove the socket from the assembly


6. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.

7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.


Tail light5. Remove the socket from the assembly


6. Remove the bulb by pulling it out.7. Inset a new bulb by insetring it into the

socket.8. Install the socket in the assembly by

aligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.OMD070035N

OMD070033

OMD070034

Turn signal

Stop/Tail

Tail light

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:03 PM Page 63

Maintenance

647

Inside light1.Open the trunk.2.Loosen the retaining screw of the trunk

lid cover and then remove the cover.3.Disconnect the connector and then

remove the nuts by turning the nutscounter clockwise.

4.Take the light assembly out.5. Remove the socket from the assembly


6. Remove the bulb by pulling it out7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the

socket.

8. Install the light assembly to the trunk.9.Reinstall the nuts and connector and

then the trunk lid cover by pushing inthe screw.

OMD070039

OMD070040

OMD070037

OMD070038C

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:03 PM Page 64

7 65

Maintenance

High mounted stop light replace-ment 1. Open the trunk.2. Remove the socket by turning it coun-

terclockwise until the tabs on the sock-et align with the slots.

3. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.

4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.


License plate light bulb replace-ment 1. Remove the cover by pressing it as

direction of the arrows.2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight

out.3. Install a new bulb.4. Reinstall in the reverse order.

OMD070046

OMD070041

OMD070042

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:03 PM Page 65

Maintenance

667

Interior light bulb replacement1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens from the interior lighthousing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

WARNING Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF” but-ton is depressed to avoid burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

CAUTIONUse care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

Luggage lamp (if equipped)Map lamp

Sunvisor lamp Room lamp

OMD070044/OMD070043 OMD070045/OTD079035

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:03 PM Page 66

7 67

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.

After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

CAUTION• Do not use strong soap, chemical

detergents or hot water, and donot wash the vehicle in directsunlight or when the body of thevehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing the sidewindows of your vehicle.Especially, with high-pressurewater, water may leak through thewindows and wet the interior.

• To prevent damage to the plasticparts and lamps, do not cleanwith chemical solvents or strongdetergents.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits or engineand related components locatedin the engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components andair duct inside the vehicle as thismay damage them.

OJB037800

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:03 PM Page 67

Maintenance

687

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels, andframe members have drain holes thatshould not be allowed to clog with dirt;trapped water in these areas can causerusting.

CAUTION• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:03 PM Page 68

7 69

Maintenance

Aluminum or chrome wheel mainte-nance The aluminum or chrome wheels arecoated with a clear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, polish-

ing compound, solvent, or wire brusheson aluminum or chrome wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-

gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any cleaners containingalkaline or acid detergents. It maydamage and corrode the aluminum orchrome wheels coated with a clearprotective finish.

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosionBy using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produce cars of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corrosionon your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:03 PM Page 69

Maintenance

707

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it isslow to dry and holds moisture in contactwith the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your car cleanand free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only tothe visible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corrosivematerials. Attention to the underside ofthe car is particularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your car atleast once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:03 PM Page 70

7 71

Maintenance

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your car inthe garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be surethe carpeting is dry. Use particular care ifyou carry fertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cos-metic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, andair freshener from contacting the interiorparts because they may cause damageor discoloration. If they do contact theinterior parts, wipe them off immediately.See the instructions for the proper way toclean vinyl.

CAUTION• Never allow water or other liquids

to come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

• When cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alcoholcontent solutions. If you use highalcohol content solutions oracid/alkaline detergents, the colorof the leather may fade or the sur-face may get stripped off.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:03 PM Page 71

Maintenance

727

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:03 PM Page 72

7 73

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Owner’sHandbook & Warranty Information book-let in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all applicableemission regulations.There are three emission control sys-tems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your carinspected and maintained by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in this manu-al.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system off by pressing theESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESC system back onby pressing the ESC switch again.

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission control(including ORVR: OnboardRefueling Vapor Recovery) system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuel vaporsfrom escaping into the atmosphere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to beloaded into a canister while refueling atthe gas station, preventing the escape offuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant tempera-ture is low during idling, the PCSV closesso that evaporated fuel is not taken intothe engine. After the engine warms-upduring ordinary driving, the PCSV opensto introduce evaporated fuel to the engine.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:03 PM Page 73

Maintenance

747

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

Vehicle modifications • This vehicle should not be modified.

Modification of your vehicle couldaffect its performance, safety or dura-bility and may even violate governmen-tal safety and emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

• If you use unauthorized electronicdevices, it may cause the vehicle tooperate abnormally, wire damage, bat-tery discharge and fire. For your safety,do not use unauthorized electronicdevices.

Engine exhaust gas precautions (carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions on thispage to avoid CO poisoning.


Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:03 PM Page 74

7 75

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-

line engines.

• Do not operate the vehicle when thereare signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with a extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could causethe engine to misfire, damaging thecatalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

WARNING - Fire• A hot exhaust system can ignite

flammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park, idle, or drive thevehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as grass, vegeta-tion, paper, leaves, etc.

• The exhaust system and catalyticsystem are very hot while theengine is running or immediatelyafter the engine is turned off. Keepaway from the exhaust systemand catalytic, you may get burned.Also, do not remove the heat sinkaround the exhaust system, donot seal the bottom of the vehicleor do not coat the vehicle for cor-rosion control. It may present afire risk under certain conditions.

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:03 PM Page 75

Maintenance

767

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICEPerchlorate Material-special handlingmay apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz-ardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:Perchlorate containing materials, such asair bag inflators, seatbelt pretensionersand keyless remote entry batteries, mustbe disposed of according to Title 22California Code of Regulations Section67384.10 (a).

UD HMA 7.qxp 4/2/2012 7:03 PM Page 76

8

Engine / 8-2Dimensions / 8-2Bulb wattage / 8-2Tires and wheels / 8-3Capacity/weight / 8-3Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-6Vehicle certification label / 8-6Tire specification and pressure label / 8-7Engine number / 8-7Refrigerant label / 8-7Consumer information / 8-8Reporting safety defects / 8-9Binding arbitration / 8-9

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

UD HMA 8.QXP 4/2/2012 7:04 PM Page 1

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defeccts

28

DIMENSIONS

BULB WATTAGE

Item in (mm)

Overall length 178.3 (4530)

Overall width 69.9 (1775)

Overall height 56.5 (1435)

Front tread 61.5 (1563)*1 / 61.0 (1549)*2 / 61.1 (1551)*3

Rear tread 62.0 (1576)*1 / 61.5 (1562)*2 / 61.6 (1564)*3

Wheelbase 106.3 (2700)

*1 : with R15 tire*2 : with R16 tire*3 : with R17 tire

Bulb TypeHeadlights (Low)Headlights (High)Front turn signal lights /Position lightsSide repeater lightsFront fog lights*Stop / tail lights (outside)Tail light (Inside)Tail light (outside)Rear turn signal lights (outside)Back-up lights (outside)High mounted stop lightLicense plate lightsMap lampsRoom lampsLuggage lamp*

* : If equipped

5555

28 / 8

LED27

28/855

2716215885

H11H1

2357NA

-H27W2357W5WW5W

1156NAW16WP21WW5W

FASTON 8WFASTON 8WFASTON 5W

Light Bulb WattageItem Gasoline 1.8

Displacement cu. in (cc) 109.66 (1797)

Bore x Stroke in.(mm) 3.19x3.43 (81x87.2)

Firing order 1-3-4-2

No. of cylinders 4, In-line

ENGINE

UD HMA 8.QXP 4/2/2012 7:04 PM Page 2

8 3


TIRES AND WHEELS

*1 Normal load : Up to 3 persons

*2 If your vehicle is not equipped with a compact spare tire, you will be equipped with a Tire Mobility Kit

Inflation pressure

psi (kPa)

Front Rear Front Rear

P195/65 R15 6.0J×15 32 (220) 32 (220) 32 (220) 32 (220)

P205/55 R16 6.5J×16 32 (220) 32 (220) 32 (220) 32 (220)

P215/45 R17 7.0J×17 32 (220) 32 (220) 32 (220) 32 (220)

60 60 60 60T125/80D15 4.0T×15 (420) (420) (420) (420)

Full size tire

Compactspare tire*2

(if equipped)

Wheel lug nut torque

lb•ft (kg•m, N•m)

65~79

(9~11, 88~107)

ItemTire

sizeWheel size

Normal load *1 Maximum load

CAUTIONWhen replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.

CAPACITY/WEIGHTItem Gasoline 1.8

Gross vehicle weight lbs. (kg)

3792 (1720)

Luggage volume cu ft (l)

14.8 (420)

UD HMA 8.QXP 4/2/2012 7:04 PM Page 3


48

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing

the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’stime, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)Recommends 4.23 US qt. (4.0 l)

API Service SM*3, ILSAC GF-4 or above

Manual transaxle fluid 2.01 US qt. (1.9 l) API GL-4, SAE 75W/85

Automatic transaxle fluid 7.71 US qt. (7.3 l)

MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IVNOCA ATF SP-IV, HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV or other

brands meeting the above specification approved byHyundai Motor Co.,

Coolant Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene glycol base

coolant for aluminum radiator)

Brake/clutch fluid0.7~0.8 US qt.

(0.7~0.8 l)FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 12.68 US gal. (48 l) Unleaded gasoline

Automatic transaxle 6.23 US qt. (5.9 l)

6.34 US qt. (6.0 l)Manual transaxle

UD HMA 8.QXP 4/2/2012 7:04 PM Page 4

8 5


Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperating (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.

CAUTIONAlways be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

*1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil ofa viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, ifthe engine oil is not available in your country, select the properengine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120Engine Oil (1.8 MPI) *1

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

°C(°F)

UD HMA 8.QXP 4/2/2012 7:04 PM Page 5


68

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your carand in all legal matters pertaining to itsownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the front passenger’s seat. Tocheck the number, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindshield from outside.

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

The vehicle certification label attachedon the driver’s side center pillar containsthe vehicle identification number (VIN).

OMD080002OBH088005N

VIN label

OMD080001

UD HMA 8.QXP 4/2/2012 7:04 PM Page 6

8 7


TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your car.

ENGINE NUMBER

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

REFRIGERANT LABEL

The refrigerant label is located on theunderside of the hood.

OMD060012N OJK082003 OMD070054N

UD HMA 8.QXP 4/2/2012 7:04 PM Page 7


88

This consumer information has been pre-pared in accordance with regulationsissued by the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration of the U.S.Department of Transportation. YourHyundai dealer will help answer anyquestions you may have as you read thisinformation.

Hyundai motor vehicles are designedand manufactured to meet or exceed allapplicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we stronglyurge you to read and follow all directionsin this Owner's Manual, particularly theinformation under the headings"NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-ING".

If, after reading this manual, you haveany questions regarding the operation ofyour vehicle, please contact your nearestHyundai Motor America Regional Officeas listed in the following:

Eastern Region: Connecticut, Delaware,Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire,New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania,Rhode Island, Vermont.

Eastern Region1122 Cranbury South River RoadJamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151

Southern Region: Florida, Georgia,Maryland, North Carolina, SouthCarolina, Virginia, West Virginia.

Southern Region3025 Chastain Meadows Parkwaysuite 100 Marietta, GA 30066(800) 633-5151

South Central Region: Alabama,Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, NewMexico, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Texas.

South Central Region1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400Coppell, TX 75019(800) 633-5151

Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, lowa,Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota,Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota,Ohio, Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.

Central Region1705 Sequoia DriveAurora, Illinois 60506(800) 633-5151

Western Region: Alaska, Arizona,California Colorado, Hawaii, ldaho,Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah,Washington, Wyoming.

Western Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O.Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

CONSUMER INFORMATION

UD HMA 8.QXP 4/2/2012 7:04 PM Page 8

8 9


If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTORAMERICA. If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defect exists ina group of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However, NHTSAcannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, orHYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New JerseyAvenue, SE West Building Washington,DC 20590. You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehicle safetyfrom http://www.safercar.gov.

Any claim or dispute you may have relat-ed to your vehicle's warranty or the dutiescontemplated under the warranty, includ-ing claims related to the refund or partialrefund of your vehicle's purchase price(excluding personal injury or product lia-bility claims), shall be resolved by bindingarbitration. Binding arbitration shall beadministered by and through the AmericanArbitration Association (AAA).You will not be responsible for paying fil-ing and hearing fees above $275.00. Allother arbitration costs shall be borne byHyundai Motor America. You are notresponsible to pay any of the costsHyundai incurs.This Binding Arbitration Agreement shallnot deprive you of any remedies avail-able to you under applicable law. Theparties are waiving their right to seekremedies in court, including the right to ajury trial.

This Binding Arbitration Agreement shallbe governed by and interpreted under theFederal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. sections1-16. Judgment upon any award may beentered in any court having jurisdiction.You may revoke this ArbitrationAgreement by (1) written notice or (2)electronic notice. Written notice must bedelivered (via certified mail) to HyundaiMotor America, Attn: Consumer Affairs,10550 Talbert Avenue, P.O. Box 20849,Fountain Valley, CA 92728-0849.Electronic notice must be submitted atthe following website address:http:/ /warranty-arbi trat ion.hyundaiUSA.com. Notice must be received within90 days after you purchase your vehicle.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS BINDING ARBITRATION (U.S.A ONLY)

UD HMA 8.QXP 4/2/2012 7:04 PM Page 9

IIndex

UD HMA Index.qxp 4/2/2012 7:05 PM Page 1

Index

2I

Air bags ........................................................................3-36Air bag warning label ..............................................3-62Air bag warning light ..............................................3-39Curtain air bag ........................................................3-53Driver’s and passenger’s front air bag ....................3-48Occupant detection system......................................3-43Side impact air bag..................................................3-52SRS components and functions ..............................3-39

Air cleaner ....................................................................7-27Alarm system ................................................................4-15Antenna (glass)..............................................................4-99Anti-lock brake system (ABS)......................................5-24Appearance care ............................................................7-67

Exterior care ............................................................7-67Interior care ............................................................7-71

Armrest..........................................................................3-13Audio system ................................................................4-99

Glass antenna ..........................................................4-99Steering wheel audio control ................................4-100

Auto defogging system ................................................4-90Automatic climate control system ................................4-80

Air conditioning ......................................................4-86Automatic heating and air conditioning..................4-81Manual heating and air conditioning ......................4-82

Automatic transaxle ......................................................5-15Ignition key interlock system ..................................5-19Shift lock system ....................................................5-18Sports mode ............................................................5-17

Aux, USB and iPod port ..............................................4-98

Battery ..........................................................................7-33Battery saver function ..................................................4-61Before driving ................................................................5-3Bottle holders, see cup holders ....................................4-94Brake system ................................................................5-21

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ................................5-24Electronic stability control (ESC) ..........................5-26Parking brake ..........................................................5-22Power brakes ..........................................................5-21Vehicle stability management (VSM) ....................5-29

Brakes/clutch fluid ........................................................7-25Bulb replacement ..........................................................7-58Bulb wattage....................................................................8-2Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button ................5-8

A

B


I 3

Index

California perchlorate notice ........................................7-76Camera (Rear view) ......................................................4-60Capacities (Lubricants) ..................................................8-4Capacity/weight ..............................................................8-3Care

Exterior care ............................................................7-67Interior care ............................................................7-71Tire care ..................................................................7-36

Cargo weight ................................................................5-51Center console storage ..................................................4-91Central door lock switch ..............................................4-21Certification label..........................................................5-49Certification label............................................................8-6Chains

Tire chains ..............................................................5-43Changing tires (with spare tire) ....................................6-13Checking tire inflation pressure ....................................7-37Child restraint system....................................................3-28

Lower anchor system ..............................................3-34Seat belt ..................................................................3-30Tether anchor system ..............................................3-32

Child-protector rear door lock ......................................4-22Climate control air filter ......................................4-78, 7-28Clock (Digital) ..............................................................4-96Clothes hanger ..............................................................4-97Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ..............4-43

Compact spare tire (with spare tire)..............................6-18Compact spare tire replacement....................................7-41Components of the tire mobility kit..............................6-22Consumer information ....................................................8-8Coolant ..........................................................................7-22Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ................................7-22Crankcase emission control system ..............................7-73Cruise control system....................................................5-31Cup holder ....................................................................4-94Curtain air bag ..............................................................3-53

Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel illumination ................................................................4-44

Dashboard, see instrument cluster ................................4-43Defogging (Windshield)................................................4-87Defogging logic (Windshield) ......................................4-87Defroster (Rear window) ..............................................4-70Defrosting (Windshield)................................................4-87Digital clock ..................................................................4-96Dimensions......................................................................8-2Display illumination, see instrument panel

illumination ................................................................4-44Displays, see instrument cluster....................................4-43Door locks ....................................................................4-19

Central door lock switch ........................................4-21Child-protector rear door lock ................................4-22

C

D


Index

4I

Drinks holders, see cup holders ....................................4-94Driver’s 3-point system with evergency

locking retractor ........................................................3-19Driver’s air bag ............................................................3-48Driving at night ............................................................5-39Driving in flooded areas................................................5-40Driving in the rain ........................................................5-40Driving off-road ............................................................5-40

Economical operation....................................................5-36EDR, see Vehicle data collection

and event data recorders ..............................................1-6Electronic power steering (EPS) ..................................4-38Electronic stability control (ESC) ................................5-26Emergency starting..........................................................6-4

Jump starting ............................................................6-4Push starting ..............................................................6-5

Emergency while driving ................................................6-2Emission control system ..............................................7-73

Crankcase emission control system ........................7-73Evaporative emission control system......................7-73Exhaust emission control system ............................7-74

Engine..............................................................................8-2Engine compartment................................................2-4, 7-2Engine coolant ..............................................................7-22Engine number ................................................................8-7

Engine oil ......................................................................7-21Engine overheats ............................................................6-6Engine start/stop button ..................................................5-8Engine temperature gauge ............................................4-45Engine will not start ........................................................6-3Evaporative emission control System ..........................7-73Exhaust emission control system..................................7-74Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..............7-18Exterior care ..................................................................7-67

Flat tire (with spare tire) ..............................................6-12Changing tires..........................................................6-13Compact spare tire ..................................................6-18Jack and tools ..........................................................6-12Removing and storing the spare tire ......................6-13

Flat tire (with tire mobility kit) ....................................6-20Components of the tire mobility kit ........................6-22Technical data ..........................................................6-25Using the tire mobility kit ......................................6-23

Floor mat anchor(s) ......................................................4-97Fluid

Brakes/clutch fluid ..................................................7-25Washer fluid ............................................................7-26

Folding the rear seat......................................................3-14Front passenger and rear seat 3-point system

with combination locking retractor............................3-20

FE


I 5

Index

Front seat adjustment ......................................................3-5Fuel filler lid..................................................................4-31Fuel gauge ....................................................................4-46Fuel requirements............................................................1-3Fuses..............................................................................7-49

Fuse switch ..............................................................7-51Fuse/relay panel description....................................7-53Instrument panel fuse ..............................................7-50Main fuse ................................................................7-52Multi fuse ................................................................7-52

GaugeEngine temperature gauge ......................................4-45Fuel gauge ..............................................................4-46

Glass antenna ................................................................4-99Glassroof, see sunroof ..................................................4-34Glove box ......................................................................4-92

Hazard warning flasher ................................................4-60Hazardous driving conditions ......................................5-38Headlight bulb replacement ..........................................7-58Headrest ................................................................3-8, 3-11Highway driving............................................................5-41Hood..............................................................................4-29

Horn ..............................................................................4-39How to use this manual ..................................................1-2

Ignition key interlock system........................................5-19Immobilizer system ........................................................4-4Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ..................1-7Indicators and warnings ................................................4-50Inside rearview mirror ..................................................4-40Instrument cluster..........................................................4-43

Engine temperature gauge ......................................4-45Fuel gauge ..............................................................4-46Fuse switch message ..............................................4-44Instrument panel illumination ................................4-44Odometer ................................................................4-47Speedometer ............................................................4-44Tachometer ..............................................................4-45Trip computer ..........................................................4-47Warning and indicators............................................4-50

Instrument panel fuse ....................................................7-50Instrument panel illumination ......................................4-44Instrument panel overview..............................................2-3Interior care ..................................................................7-71Interior features ............................................................4-94

Aux, USB and iPod port..........................................4-98Clothes hanger ........................................................4-97Cup holder ..............................................................4-94

G

H

I


Index

6I

Digital clock ............................................................4-96Floor mat anchor(s) ................................................4-97Power outlet ............................................................4-95Sunvisor ..................................................................4-94

Interior light ..................................................................4-68Interior overview ............................................................2-2Interlock system ............................................................5-19

Key positions ..................................................................5-5Keys ................................................................................4-3

LabelAir bag warning label ..............................................3-62Tire sidewall labeling ..............................................7-42Tire specification and pressure label ........................8-7Vehicle certification label ..........................................8-6

Latch system, see lower anchor system........................3-34Light bulbs ....................................................................7-58Lighting ........................................................................4-61

Battery saver function ............................................4-61Lower anchor system ....................................................3-34Lubricants and capacities ................................................8-4Luggage net(holder) ......................................................4-93

Main fuse ......................................................................7-52Maintenance

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ........7-18Maintenance services ................................................7-3Maintenance under severe usage conditions ..........7-17Normal maintenance schedule ..................................7-7Owner maintenance ..................................................7-4Scheduled maintenance service ................................7-6Tire maintenance ....................................................7-41

Maintenance schedule ....................................................7-6Maintenance under severe usage conditions ..........7-17Normal maintenance schedule ..................................7-7

Maintenance services ......................................................7-3Manual climate control system ....................................4-71

Air conditioning ......................................................4-76Climate control air filter ..........................................4-78Heating and air conditioning ..................................4-72

Manual transaxle ..........................................................5-12Memory fuse ................................................................7-58Mirrors ..........................................................................4-40

Day/night rearview mirror ......................................4-40Inside rearview mirror ............................................4-40Outside rearview mirror ..........................................4-40

Moonroof, see sunroof ..................................................4-34Multi box ......................................................................4-93Multi fuse ......................................................................7-52

M

L

K


I 7

Index

Neck restraints, see headrest..................................3-8, 3-11

Occupant detection system............................................3-43Odometer ......................................................................4-47Oil (Engine) ..................................................................7-21Online factory authorized manuals ................................8-9Outside rearview mirror ................................................4-40Overheats ........................................................................6-6Owner maintenance ........................................................7-4

Parking brake ................................................................5-22Parking brake inspect ....................................................7-26Passenger’s front air bag ..............................................3-48Power brakes ................................................................5-21Power outlet ..................................................................4-95Power window lock button ..........................................4-28Pre-tensioner seat belt ..................................................3-22Push starting ....................................................................6-5

Rear seat ........................................................................3-11

Rear view camera..........................................................4-60Recommended cold tire inflation pressures..................7-36Recommended lubricants and capacities ........................8-4

Recommended SAE viscosity number......................8-5Refrigerant label..............................................................8-7Remote keyless entry ....................................................4-12Replacement light bulb ................................................7-58Reporting safety defects..................................................8-9Road warning ..................................................................6-2Rocking the vehicle ......................................................5-38

Scheduled maintenance service ......................................7-6Maintenance under severe usage conditions ..........7-17Normal maintenance schedule ..................................7-7

Seat belt warning ..........................................................3-18Seat belts ......................................................................3-17

Driver’s 3-point system with evergency locking retractor ..................................................3-19

Front passenger and rear seat 3-point system with combination locking retractor ......................3-20

Hight adjustment ....................................................3-19Pre-tensioner seat belt ............................................3-22Seat belt warning ....................................................3-18

Seat belts hight adjustment ..........................................3-19Seat warmer ..........................................................3-9, 3-12Seatback pocket ............................................................3-10

O

P

N

R

S


Index

8I

Seats ................................................................................3-2Armrest ....................................................................3-13Folding the rear seat ................................................3-14Front seat ..................................................................3-5Headrest............................................................3-8, 3-11Lumbar support ........................................................3-7Rear seat ..................................................................3-11Seat warmer......................................................3-9, 3-12Seatback pocket ......................................................3-10

Shift lock system ..........................................................5-18Side impact air bag........................................................3-52Sliding armrest ..............................................................4-91Smart key ........................................................................4-6Smooth cornering ..........................................................5-39Snow tires......................................................................5-42Spare tire

Compact spare tire ..................................................6-18Compact spare tire replacement ..............................7-41Removing and storing the spare tire ......................6-13

Special driving conditions ............................................5-38Driving at night ......................................................5-39Driving in flooded areas..........................................5-40Driving in the rain ..................................................5-40Driving off-road ......................................................5-40Hazardous driving conditions..................................5-38Highway driving......................................................5-41Rocking the vehicle ................................................5-38Smooth cornering ....................................................5-39

Speedometer ..................................................................4-44Sports mode ..................................................................5-17Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ................6-3Starting the engine ................................................5-6, 5-10Steering wheel ..............................................................4-38

Electric power steering............................................4-38Horn ........................................................................4-39Tilt steering..............................................................4-39

Steering wheel audio control ........................................4-98Storage compartment ....................................................4-91

Center console storage ............................................4-91Glove box ................................................................4-92Luggage net(holder) ................................................4-93Multi box ................................................................4-93Sliding armrest ........................................................4-91Sunglass holder........................................................4-92

Sunglass holder ............................................................4-92Sunroof ..........................................................................4-34Sunvisor ........................................................................4-94

Tachometer ....................................................................4-45Technical data (tire mobility kit) ..................................6-25Tether anchor system ....................................................3-32Theft-alarm system........................................................4-15Tilt steering ..................................................................4-39Tire chains ....................................................................5-43

T


I 9

Index

Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ......................6-7Tire specification and pressure label ..............................8-7Tires and wheels............................................................7-36

Checking tire inflation pressure ..............................7-37Compact spare tire replacement ..............................7-41Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ............7-36Tire care ..................................................................7-36Tire maintenance ....................................................7-41Tire replacement ......................................................7-40Tire rotation ............................................................7-38Tire sidewall labeling ..............................................7-42Tire traction ............................................................7-41Wheel alignment and tire balance ..........................7-39Wheel replacement ..................................................7-41

Tires and wheels..............................................................8-3Towing ..........................................................................6-26Trailer towing................................................................5-52Transaxle

Automatic transaxle ................................................5-15Manual transaxle ....................................................5-12

Trip computer ................................................................4-47Trunk ............................................................................4-23

Using the tire mobility kit ............................................6-23

Vehicle break-in process ................................................1-5Vehicle certification label................................................8-6Vehicle data collection and event data recorders (EDR) 1-6Vehicle identification number (VIN) ..............................8-6Vehicle load limit ..........................................................5-46

Certification label ....................................................5-49Vehicle stability management ......................................5-30Vehicle weight ..............................................................5-51

Base curb weight ....................................................5-51Cargo weight ..........................................................5-51GAW (Gross axle weight) ......................................5-51GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ..........................5-51GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ..................................5-51GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ....................5-51

Warning and indicators ................................................4-50Washer fluid ..................................................................7-26Weight ..........................................................................5-51

Base curb weight ....................................................5-51Cargo weight ..........................................................5-51GAW (Gross axle weight) ......................................5-51GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ..........................5-51GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ..................................5-51GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ....................5-51

V

U

W


Index

10I

Wheel alignment and tire balance ................................7-39Wheel replacement........................................................7-41Windows........................................................................4-25

Auto down window ................................................4-26Auto up/down window ............................................4-27Power window lock button......................................4-28

Windshield defrosting and defogging ..........................4-87Auto defogging system............................................4-90Defogging logic ......................................................4-89

Winter driving ..............................................................5-42Snow tires ................................................................5-42Tire chains ..............................................................5-43

Wiper blades..................................................................7-30Wipers and washers ......................................................4-66


2013 hyundai elantra (ud) owners manual

Documents

new hyundai

hyundai models

hyundai dealers

hyundai motor americanote

pm page 1f2your hyundai

authorized hyundai deal

owners manual

specific vehicle